1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 32 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 33 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 35 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 36 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 37 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 46 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 48 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 49 #include <algorithm> 50 #include <cstring> 51 #include <functional> 52 using namespace clang; 53 using namespace sema; 54 55 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 56 if (OwnedType) { 57 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 58 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 59 } 60 61 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 62 } 63 64 namespace { 65 66 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 67 public: 68 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 69 bool AllowTemplates=false) 70 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 71 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 72 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 73 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 74 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 75 } 76 77 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 78 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 79 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 80 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 81 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 82 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 83 } 84 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 85 } 86 87 private: 88 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 89 bool WantClassName; 90 bool AllowClassTemplates; 91 }; 92 93 } 94 95 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 96 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 97 switch (Kind) { 98 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 99 // token kind is a valid type specifier 100 case tok::kw_short: 101 case tok::kw_long: 102 case tok::kw___int64: 103 case tok::kw___int128: 104 case tok::kw_signed: 105 case tok::kw_unsigned: 106 case tok::kw_void: 107 case tok::kw_char: 108 case tok::kw_int: 109 case tok::kw_half: 110 case tok::kw_float: 111 case tok::kw_double: 112 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 113 case tok::kw_bool: 114 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 115 return true; 116 117 case tok::annot_typename: 118 case tok::kw_char16_t: 119 case tok::kw_char32_t: 120 case tok::kw_typeof: 121 case tok::annot_decltype: 122 case tok::kw_decltype: 123 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 124 125 default: 126 break; 127 } 128 129 return false; 130 } 131 132 namespace { 133 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 134 NotFound, 135 FoundNonType, 136 FoundType 137 }; 138 } // namespace 139 140 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 141 /// dependent class. 142 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 143 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 144 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 145 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 146 SourceLocation NameLoc, 147 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 148 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 149 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 150 // Look for type decls in base classes. 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 153 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 154 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 155 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 156 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 157 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 158 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 159 // templates. 160 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 161 continue; 162 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 163 if (!TD) 164 continue; 165 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 166 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 167 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 168 continue; 169 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 170 } 171 if (BaseRD) { 172 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 173 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 174 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 175 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 176 } 177 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 178 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 179 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 180 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 181 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 182 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 183 break; 184 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 185 break; 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 } 190 191 return FoundTypeDecl; 192 } 193 194 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 195 const IdentifierInfo &II, 196 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 197 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 198 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 200 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 201 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 202 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 203 DC = DC->getParent()) { 204 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 205 // templates. 206 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 207 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 208 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 209 } 210 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 211 return ParsedType(); 212 213 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 214 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 215 // lookup during template instantiation. 216 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 217 218 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 219 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 220 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 221 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 222 223 CXXScopeSpec SS; 224 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 225 226 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 227 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 228 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 229 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 230 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 231 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 232 } 233 234 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 235 /// return the declaration of that type. 236 /// 237 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 238 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 239 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 240 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 241 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 242 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 243 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 244 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 245 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 246 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 247 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 248 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 249 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 250 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 251 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 252 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 253 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 254 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 255 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 256 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 257 258 if (!LookupCtx) { 259 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 260 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 261 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 262 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 263 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 264 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 265 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 266 // 267 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 268 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 269 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 270 return ParsedType(); 271 272 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 273 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 274 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 275 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 276 277 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 278 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 279 II, NameLoc); 280 return ParsedType::make(T); 281 } 282 283 return ParsedType(); 284 } 285 286 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 287 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 288 return ParsedType(); 289 } 290 291 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 292 // lookup for class-names. 293 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 294 LookupOrdinaryName; 295 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 296 if (LookupCtx) { 297 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 298 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 299 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 300 // nested-name-specifier. 301 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 302 303 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 304 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 305 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 306 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 307 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 308 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 309 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 310 LookupName(Result, S); 311 } 312 } else { 313 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 314 LookupName(Result, S); 315 316 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 317 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 318 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 319 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 320 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 321 return TypeInBase; 322 } 323 } 324 325 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 326 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 327 case LookupResult::NotFound: 328 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 329 if (CorrectedII) { 330 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 331 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 332 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 333 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 334 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 335 TemplateTy Template; 336 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 337 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 338 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 339 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 340 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 341 if (SS && NNS) { 342 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 343 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 344 } 345 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 346 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 347 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 348 // is handled elsewhere). 349 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 350 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 351 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 352 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 353 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 354 IsCtorOrDtorName, 355 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 356 if (Ty) { 357 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 358 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 359 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 360 if (SS && NNS) 361 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 362 *CorrectedII = NewII; 363 return Ty; 364 } 365 } 366 } 367 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 368 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 369 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 370 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 371 return ParsedType(); 372 373 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 374 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 375 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 376 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 377 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 378 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 379 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 380 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 381 return ParsedType(); 382 } 383 384 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 385 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 386 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 387 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 388 if (!IIDecl || 389 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 390 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 391 IIDecl = *Res; 392 } 393 } 394 395 if (!IIDecl) { 396 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 397 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 398 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 399 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 400 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 401 // a type name. 402 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 403 return ParsedType(); 404 } 405 406 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 407 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 408 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 409 // perform the name lookup again. 410 break; 411 412 case LookupResult::Found: 413 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 414 break; 415 } 416 417 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 418 419 QualType T; 420 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 421 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 422 423 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 424 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 425 426 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 427 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 428 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 429 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 430 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 431 // Construct a type with type-source information. 432 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 433 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 434 435 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 436 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 437 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 438 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 439 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 440 } else { 441 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 442 } 443 } 444 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 445 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 446 if (!HasTrailingDot) 447 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 448 } 449 450 if (T.isNull()) { 451 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 452 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 453 return ParsedType(); 454 } 455 return ParsedType::make(T); 456 } 457 458 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 459 static NestedNameSpecifier * 460 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 461 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 462 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 463 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 464 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 465 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 466 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 467 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 468 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 469 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 470 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 471 } 472 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 473 } 474 475 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 476 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 477 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 478 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 479 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 480 481 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 482 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 483 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 484 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 485 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 486 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 487 488 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 489 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 490 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 491 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 492 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 493 494 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 495 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 496 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 497 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 498 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 499 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 500 } 501 502 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 503 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 504 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 505 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 506 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 507 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 508 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 509 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 510 LookupName(R, S, false); 511 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 512 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 513 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 514 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 515 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 516 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 517 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 518 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 519 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 520 } 521 } 522 523 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 524 } 525 526 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 527 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 528 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 529 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 530 /// @code 531 /// template<class T> class A { 532 /// public: 533 /// typedef int TYPE; 534 /// }; 535 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 536 /// public: 537 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 538 /// }; 539 /// @endcode 540 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 541 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 542 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 543 return true; 544 545 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 546 547 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 548 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 549 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 550 return true; 551 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 552 } 553 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 554 } 555 556 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 557 SourceLocation IILoc, 558 Scope *S, 559 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 560 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 561 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 562 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 563 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 564 565 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 566 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 567 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 568 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 569 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 570 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 571 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 572 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 573 // We corrected to a keyword. 574 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 575 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 576 } else { 577 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 578 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 579 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 580 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 581 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 582 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 583 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 584 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 585 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 586 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 587 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 588 } else { 589 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 590 } 591 592 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 593 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 594 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 595 SourceRange(IILoc)); 596 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 597 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 598 false, ParsedType(), 599 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 600 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 601 } 602 return; 603 } 604 605 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 606 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 607 UnqualifiedId Name; 608 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 609 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 610 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 611 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 612 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 613 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 614 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 615 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 616 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 617 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 618 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 619 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 620 } 621 return; 622 } 623 } 624 625 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 626 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 627 628 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 629 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 630 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 631 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 632 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 633 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 634 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 635 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 636 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 637 638 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 639 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 640 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 641 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 642 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 643 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 644 } else { 645 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 646 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 647 } 648 } 649 650 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 651 /// or 652 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 653 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 654 NextToken.is(tok::less); 655 656 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 657 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 658 return true; 659 660 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 661 return true; 662 } 663 664 return false; 665 } 666 667 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 668 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 669 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 670 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 671 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 672 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 673 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 674 StringRef FixItTagName; 675 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 676 case TTK_Class: 677 FixItTagName = "class "; 678 break; 679 680 case TTK_Enum: 681 FixItTagName = "enum "; 682 break; 683 684 case TTK_Struct: 685 FixItTagName = "struct "; 686 break; 687 688 case TTK_Interface: 689 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 690 break; 691 692 case TTK_Union: 693 FixItTagName = "union "; 694 break; 695 } 696 697 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 698 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 699 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 700 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 701 702 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 703 I != IEnd; ++I) 704 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 705 << Name << TagName; 706 707 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 708 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 709 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 710 return true; 711 } 712 713 return false; 714 } 715 716 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 717 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 718 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 719 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 720 721 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 722 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 723 724 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 725 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 726 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 727 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 728 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 729 } 730 731 Sema::NameClassification 732 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 733 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 734 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 735 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 736 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 737 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 738 739 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 740 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 741 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 742 } 743 744 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 745 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 746 747 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 748 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 749 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 750 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 751 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 752 return TypeInBase; 753 } 754 755 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 756 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 757 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 758 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 759 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 760 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 761 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 762 return E; 763 } 764 765 bool SecondTry = false; 766 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 767 768 Corrected: 769 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 770 case LookupResult::NotFound: 771 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 772 // call. 773 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 774 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 775 // FIXME: Reference? 776 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 777 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 778 779 // C90 6.3.2.2: 780 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 781 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 782 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 783 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 784 // the function call, the declaration 785 // 786 // extern int identifier (); 787 // 788 // appeared. 789 // 790 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 791 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 792 Result.addDecl(D); 793 Result.resolveKind(); 794 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 795 } 796 } 797 798 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 799 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 800 // "struct", or "union". 801 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 802 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 803 break; 804 } 805 806 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 807 // close to this name. 808 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 809 SecondTry = true; 810 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 811 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 812 &SS, std::move(CCC), 813 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 814 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 815 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 816 817 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 818 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 819 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 820 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 821 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 822 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 823 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 824 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 825 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 827 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 828 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 829 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 830 } 831 832 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 833 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 834 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 835 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 836 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 837 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 838 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 839 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 840 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 841 } 842 843 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 844 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 845 846 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 847 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 848 return Name; 849 850 // Also update the LookupResult... 851 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 852 Result.clear(); 853 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 854 if (FirstDecl) 855 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 856 857 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 858 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 859 // reference the ivar. 860 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 861 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 862 Result.clear(); 863 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 864 return E; 865 } 866 867 goto Corrected; 868 } 869 } 870 871 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 872 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 873 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 874 875 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 876 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 877 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 878 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 879 880 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 881 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 882 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 883 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 884 // qualified by the keyword typename. 885 // 886 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 887 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 888 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 889 // keyword here. 890 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 891 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 892 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 893 } 894 895 case LookupResult::Found: 896 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 897 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 898 break; 899 900 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 901 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 902 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 903 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 904 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 905 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 906 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 907 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 908 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 909 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 910 // ambiguous. 911 // 912 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 913 // so try again after filtering out template names. 914 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 915 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 916 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 917 break; 918 } 919 } 920 921 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 922 return NameClassification::Error(); 923 } 924 925 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 926 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 927 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 928 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 929 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 930 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 931 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 932 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 933 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 934 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 935 936 if (!Result.empty()) { 937 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 938 bool IsVarTemplate; 939 TemplateName Template; 940 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 941 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 942 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 943 Result.end()); 944 } else { 945 TemplateDecl *TD 946 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 947 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 949 950 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 951 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 952 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 953 TD); 954 else 955 Template = TemplateName(TD); 956 } 957 958 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 959 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 960 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 961 // to based on which function we selected. 962 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 963 964 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 965 } 966 967 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 968 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 969 } 970 } 971 972 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 973 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 974 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 975 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 976 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 977 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 978 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 979 return ParsedType::make(T); 980 } 981 982 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 983 if (!Class) { 984 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 985 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 986 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 987 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 988 } 989 990 if (Class) { 991 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 992 993 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 994 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 995 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 996 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 997 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 998 } 999 1000 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1001 return ParsedType::make(T); 1002 } 1003 1004 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1005 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1006 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1007 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1008 1009 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1010 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1011 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 1012 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1013 (NextIsOp && 1014 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1015 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1016 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1017 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1018 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1019 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1020 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1021 return ParsedType::make(T); 1022 } 1023 1024 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1025 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1026 nullptr); 1027 1028 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1029 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1030 } 1031 1032 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1033 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1034 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1035 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1036 1037 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1038 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1039 // the context we'll need to return to. 1040 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1041 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1042 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1043 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1044 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1045 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1046 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1047 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1048 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1049 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1050 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1051 1052 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1053 // lexical context. 1054 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1055 return DC; 1056 1057 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1058 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1059 // class is the context we need to return to. 1060 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1061 DC = RD; 1062 1063 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1064 // declared in. 1065 return DC; 1066 } 1067 1068 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1069 } 1070 1071 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1072 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1073 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1074 CurContext = DC; 1075 S->setEntity(DC); 1076 } 1077 1078 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1079 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1080 1081 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1082 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1083 } 1084 1085 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1086 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1087 /// 1088 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1089 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1090 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1091 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1092 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1093 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1094 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1095 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1096 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1097 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1098 // namespace. 1099 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1100 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1101 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1102 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1103 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1104 1105 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1106 1107 #ifndef NDEBUG 1108 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1109 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1110 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1111 #endif 1112 1113 CurContext = DC; 1114 S->setEntity(DC); 1115 } 1116 1117 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1118 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1119 1120 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1121 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1122 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1123 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1124 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1125 1126 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1127 // disappear. 1128 } 1129 1130 1131 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1132 // We assume that the caller has already called 1133 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1134 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1135 if (!FD) 1136 return; 1137 1138 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1139 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1140 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1141 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1142 CurContext = FD; 1143 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1144 1145 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1146 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1147 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1148 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1149 S->AddDecl(Param); 1150 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1151 } 1152 } 1153 } 1154 1155 1156 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1157 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1158 // rather than the top-level class. 1159 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1160 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1161 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1162 } 1163 1164 1165 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1166 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1167 /// 1168 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1169 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1170 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1171 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1172 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1173 /// attribute. 1174 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1175 ASTContext &Context) { 1176 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1177 return true; 1178 1179 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1180 return true; 1181 1182 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1183 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1184 } 1185 1186 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1187 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1188 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1189 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1190 // scope. 1191 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1192 S = S->getParent(); 1193 1194 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1195 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1196 // into any context. 1197 if (AddToContext) 1198 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1199 1200 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1201 // are function-local declarations. 1202 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1203 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1204 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1205 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1206 return; 1207 1208 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1209 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1210 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1211 return; 1212 1213 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1214 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1215 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1216 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1217 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1218 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1219 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1220 1221 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1222 break; 1223 } 1224 } 1225 1226 S->AddDecl(D); 1227 1228 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1229 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1230 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1231 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1232 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1233 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1234 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1235 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1236 continue; 1237 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1238 break; 1239 } 1240 1241 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1242 } else { 1243 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1244 } 1245 } 1246 1247 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1248 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1249 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1250 } 1251 1252 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1253 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1254 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1255 } 1256 1257 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1258 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1259 do { 1260 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1261 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1262 return S; 1263 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1264 1265 return nullptr; 1266 } 1267 1268 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1269 DeclContext*, 1270 ASTContext&); 1271 1272 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1273 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1274 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1275 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1276 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1277 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1278 while (F.hasNext()) { 1279 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1280 1281 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1282 continue; 1283 1284 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1285 continue; 1286 1287 F.erase(); 1288 } 1289 1290 F.done(); 1291 } 1292 1293 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1294 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1295 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1296 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1297 } 1298 1299 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1300 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1301 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1302 while (F.hasNext()) 1303 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1304 F.erase(); 1305 1306 F.done(); 1307 } 1308 1309 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1310 /// @code 1311 /// class S { 1312 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1313 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1314 /// }; 1315 /// @endcode 1316 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1317 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1318 // the decl here. 1319 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1320 return false; 1321 1322 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1323 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1324 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1325 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1326 return false; 1327 } 1328 1329 // We need this to handle 1330 // 1331 // typedef struct { 1332 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1333 // } A; 1334 // 1335 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1336 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1337 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1338 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1339 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1340 // not. 1341 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1342 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1343 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1344 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1345 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1346 return true; 1347 } 1348 DC = DC->getParent(); 1349 } 1350 1351 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1352 } 1353 1354 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1355 // these semantics. 1356 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1357 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1358 return false; 1359 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1360 } 1361 1362 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1363 assert(D); 1364 1365 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1366 return false; 1367 1368 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1369 // of members of class templates. 1370 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1371 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1372 return false; 1373 1374 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1375 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1376 return false; 1377 1378 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1379 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1380 return false; 1381 } else { 1382 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1383 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1384 return false; 1385 } 1386 1387 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1388 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1389 return false; 1390 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1391 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1392 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1393 // like "inline".) 1394 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1395 return false; 1396 1397 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1398 return false; 1399 1400 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1401 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1402 return false; 1403 } else { 1404 return false; 1405 } 1406 1407 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1408 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1409 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1410 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1411 } 1412 1413 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1414 if (!D) 1415 return; 1416 1417 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1418 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1419 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1420 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1421 } 1422 1423 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1424 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1425 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1426 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1427 } 1428 1429 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1430 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1431 } 1432 1433 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1434 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1435 return false; 1436 1437 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1438 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1439 return false; 1440 1441 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1442 return true; 1443 1444 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1445 // functions. 1446 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1447 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1448 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1449 WithinFunction = 1450 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1451 if (!WithinFunction) 1452 return false; 1453 1454 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1455 return true; 1456 1457 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1458 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1459 return false; 1460 1461 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1462 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1463 1464 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1465 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1466 1467 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1468 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1469 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1470 return false; 1471 } 1472 1473 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1474 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1475 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1476 return false; 1477 1478 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1479 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1480 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1481 return false; 1482 1483 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1484 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1485 return false; 1486 1487 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1488 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1489 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1490 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1491 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1492 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1493 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1494 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1495 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1496 return false; 1497 } 1498 } 1499 } 1500 } 1501 1502 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1503 } 1504 1505 return true; 1506 } 1507 1508 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1509 FixItHint &Hint) { 1510 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1511 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1512 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1513 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1514 return; 1515 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1516 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1517 } 1518 return; 1519 } 1520 1521 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1522 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1523 return; 1524 1525 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1526 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1527 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1528 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1529 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1530 } 1531 } 1532 1533 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1534 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1535 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1536 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1537 return; 1538 1539 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1540 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1541 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1542 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1543 return; 1544 } 1545 1546 FixItHint Hint; 1547 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1548 1549 unsigned DiagID; 1550 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1551 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1552 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1553 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1554 else 1555 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1556 1557 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1558 } 1559 1560 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1561 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1562 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1563 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1564 // MS inline assembly label name. 1565 bool Diagnose = false; 1566 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1567 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1568 else 1569 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1570 if (Diagnose) 1571 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1572 } 1573 1574 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1575 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1576 1577 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1578 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1579 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1580 1581 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1582 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1583 1584 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1585 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1586 1587 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1588 1589 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1590 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1591 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1592 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1593 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1594 } 1595 1596 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1597 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1598 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1599 1600 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1601 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1602 } 1603 } 1604 1605 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1606 /// 1607 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1608 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1609 /// to the fixed name. 1610 /// 1611 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1612 /// 1613 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1614 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1615 /// 1616 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1617 /// class could not be found. 1618 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1619 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1620 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1621 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1622 // creation from this context. 1623 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1624 1625 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1626 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1627 // find an Objective-C class name. 1628 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1629 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1630 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1631 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1632 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1633 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1634 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1635 } 1636 } 1637 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1638 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1639 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1640 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1641 return Def; 1642 } 1643 1644 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1645 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1646 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1647 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1648 /// ill-formed in C++: 1649 /// @code 1650 /// struct S6 { 1651 /// enum { BAR } e; 1652 /// }; 1653 /// 1654 /// void test_S6() { 1655 /// struct S6 a; 1656 /// a.e = BAR; 1657 /// } 1658 /// @endcode 1659 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1660 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1661 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1662 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1663 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1664 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1665 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1666 /// contain non-field names. 1667 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1668 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1669 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1670 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1671 S = S->getParent(); 1672 return S; 1673 } 1674 1675 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1676 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1677 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1678 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1679 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1680 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1681 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1682 return; 1683 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1684 1685 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1686 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1687 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1688 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1689 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1690 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1691 } 1692 1693 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1694 switch (Error) { 1695 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1696 return ""; 1697 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1698 return "stdio.h"; 1699 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1700 return "setjmp.h"; 1701 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1702 return "ucontext.h"; 1703 } 1704 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1705 } 1706 1707 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1708 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1709 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1710 /// built-in. 1711 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1712 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1713 SourceLocation Loc) { 1714 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1715 1716 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1717 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1718 if (Error) { 1719 if (ForRedeclaration) 1720 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1721 << getHeaderName(Error) 1722 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1723 return nullptr; 1724 } 1725 1726 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1727 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1728 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID) 1729 << R; 1730 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1731 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1732 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1733 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1734 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1735 } 1736 1737 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1738 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1739 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1740 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1741 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1742 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1743 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1744 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1745 } 1746 1747 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1748 Parent, 1749 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1750 SC_Extern, 1751 false, 1752 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1753 New->setImplicit(); 1754 1755 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1756 // FunctionDecl. 1757 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1758 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1759 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1760 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1761 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1762 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1763 SC_None, nullptr); 1764 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1765 Params.push_back(parm); 1766 } 1767 New->setParams(Params); 1768 } 1769 1770 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1771 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1772 1773 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1774 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1775 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1776 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1777 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1778 CurContext = Parent; 1779 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1780 CurContext = SavedContext; 1781 return New; 1782 } 1783 1784 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1785 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1786 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1787 /// entity. 1788 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1789 NamedDecl *decl, 1790 LookupResult &previous){ 1791 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1792 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1793 return; 1794 1795 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1796 if (previous.empty()) 1797 return; 1798 1799 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1800 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1801 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1802 1803 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1804 if (!old->isHidden()) 1805 continue; 1806 1807 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1808 filter.erase(); 1809 } 1810 1811 filter.done(); 1812 } 1813 1814 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1815 /// entity if their types are the same. 1816 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1817 /// isSameEntity. 1818 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context, 1819 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1820 LookupResult &Previous) { 1821 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1822 if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1823 return; 1824 1825 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1826 if (Previous.empty()) 1827 return; 1828 1829 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1830 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1831 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1832 1833 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1834 if (!Old->isHidden()) 1835 continue; 1836 1837 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1838 // different linkages. 1839 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1840 if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1841 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1842 continue; 1843 1844 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1845 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1846 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName() && 1847 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1848 continue; 1849 } 1850 1851 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1852 Filter.erase(); 1853 } 1854 1855 Filter.done(); 1856 } 1857 1858 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1859 QualType OldType; 1860 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1861 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1862 else 1863 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1864 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1865 1866 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1867 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1868 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1869 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1870 << Kind << NewType; 1871 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1872 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1873 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1874 return true; 1875 } 1876 1877 if (OldType != NewType && 1878 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1879 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1880 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1881 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1882 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1883 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1884 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1885 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1886 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1887 return true; 1888 } 1889 return false; 1890 } 1891 1892 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1893 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1894 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1895 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1896 /// 1897 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1898 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1899 // merging checks. 1900 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1901 1902 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1903 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1904 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1905 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1906 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1907 default: break; 1908 case 2: 1909 { 1910 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1911 break; 1912 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1913 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1914 break; 1915 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1916 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1917 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1918 break; 1919 } 1920 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1921 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1922 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1923 return; 1924 } 1925 case 5: 1926 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1927 break; 1928 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1929 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1930 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1931 return; 1932 case 3: 1933 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1934 break; 1935 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1936 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1937 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1938 return; 1939 } 1940 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1941 } 1942 1943 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1944 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1945 if (!Old) { 1946 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1947 << New->getDeclName(); 1948 1949 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1950 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1951 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1952 1953 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1954 } 1955 1956 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1957 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1958 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1959 1960 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1961 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1962 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1963 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1964 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1965 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1966 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1967 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1968 // instead of our tag. 1969 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1970 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1971 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1972 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1973 else 1974 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1975 1976 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1977 if (auto *Listener = getASTMutationListener()) 1978 Listener->RedefinedHiddenDefinition(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1979 Hidden->setHidden(false); 1980 } 1981 } 1982 1983 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1984 // with any extensions enabled. 1985 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1986 return; 1987 1988 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1989 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1990 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1991 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1992 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1993 } 1994 1995 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1996 return; 1997 1998 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1999 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2000 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2001 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2002 // to the type to which it already refers. 2003 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2004 return; 2005 2006 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2007 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2008 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2009 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2010 // 2011 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2012 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2013 // 2014 // struct S { 2015 // typedef struct A { } A; 2016 // }; 2017 // 2018 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2019 // allow the above but disallow 2020 // 2021 // struct S { 2022 // typedef int I; 2023 // typedef int I; 2024 // }; 2025 // 2026 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2027 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2028 return; 2029 2030 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2031 << New->getDeclName(); 2032 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2033 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2034 } 2035 2036 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2037 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2038 return; 2039 2040 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2041 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2042 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2043 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2044 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2045 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2046 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2047 return; 2048 2049 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2050 << New->getDeclName(); 2051 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2052 } 2053 2054 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2055 /// attribute. 2056 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2057 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2058 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2059 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2060 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2061 if (Ann) { 2062 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2063 return true; 2064 continue; 2065 } 2066 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2067 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2068 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2069 return true; 2070 } 2071 2072 return false; 2073 } 2074 2075 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2076 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2077 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2078 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2079 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2080 return true; 2081 } 2082 2083 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2084 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2085 /// 2086 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2087 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2088 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2089 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2090 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2091 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2092 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2093 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2094 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2095 // in a case like: 2096 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2097 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2098 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2099 // definition in such a case. 2100 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2101 return false; 2102 2103 if (I->isAlignas()) 2104 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2105 2106 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2107 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2108 OldAlign = Align; 2109 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2110 } 2111 } 2112 2113 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2114 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2115 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2116 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2117 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2118 return false; 2119 2120 if (I->isAlignas()) 2121 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2122 2123 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2124 if (Align > NewAlign) 2125 NewAlign = Align; 2126 } 2127 2128 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2129 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2130 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2131 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2132 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2133 2134 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2135 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2136 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2137 QualType Ty; 2138 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2139 Ty = VD->getType(); 2140 else 2141 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2142 2143 if (OldAlign == 0) 2144 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2145 if (NewAlign == 0) 2146 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2147 } 2148 2149 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2150 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2151 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2152 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2153 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2154 } 2155 } 2156 2157 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2158 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2159 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2160 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2161 // equivalent alignment. 2162 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2163 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2164 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2165 // have no alignment specifier. 2166 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2167 << OldAlignasAttr; 2168 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2169 << OldAlignasAttr; 2170 } 2171 2172 bool AnyAdded = false; 2173 2174 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2175 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2176 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2177 Clone->setInherited(true); 2178 New->addAttr(Clone); 2179 AnyAdded = true; 2180 } 2181 2182 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2183 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2184 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2185 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2186 Clone->setInherited(true); 2187 New->addAttr(Clone); 2188 AnyAdded = true; 2189 } 2190 2191 return AnyAdded; 2192 } 2193 2194 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2195 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2196 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2197 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2198 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2199 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2200 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2201 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2202 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2203 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2204 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2205 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2206 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2207 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2208 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2209 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2210 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2211 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2212 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2213 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2214 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2215 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2216 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2217 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2218 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2219 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2220 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2221 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2222 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2223 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2224 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2225 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2226 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2227 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2228 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2229 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2230 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2231 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2232 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2233 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2234 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2235 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2236 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2237 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2238 NewAttr = nullptr; 2239 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2240 NewAttr = nullptr; 2241 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2242 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2243 2244 if (NewAttr) { 2245 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2246 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2247 return true; 2248 } 2249 2250 return false; 2251 } 2252 2253 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2254 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2255 return TD->getDefinition(); 2256 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2257 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2258 if (Def) 2259 return Def; 2260 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2261 } 2262 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2263 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2264 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2265 return Def; 2266 } 2267 return nullptr; 2268 } 2269 2270 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2271 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2272 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2273 return true; 2274 return false; 2275 } 2276 2277 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2278 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2279 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2280 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2281 return; 2282 2283 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2284 if (!Def || Def == New) 2285 return; 2286 2287 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2288 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2289 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2290 2291 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2292 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2293 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2294 else { 2295 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2296 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2297 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2298 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2299 : diag::err_redefinition; 2300 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2301 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2302 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2303 } 2304 ++I; 2305 continue; 2306 } 2307 2308 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2309 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2310 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2311 ++I; 2312 continue; 2313 } 2314 } 2315 2316 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2317 ++I; 2318 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2319 } 2320 2321 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2322 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2323 ++I; 2324 continue; 2325 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2326 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2327 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2328 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2329 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2330 // equivalent alignment. 2331 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2332 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2333 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2334 // have no alignment specifier. 2335 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2336 << AA; 2337 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2338 << AA; 2339 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2340 --E; 2341 continue; 2342 } 2343 } 2344 2345 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2346 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2347 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2348 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2349 --E; 2350 } 2351 } 2352 2353 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2354 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2355 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2356 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2357 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2358 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2359 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2360 } 2361 2362 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2363 return; 2364 2365 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2366 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2367 2368 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2369 return; 2370 2371 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2372 2373 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2374 // we process them. 2375 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2376 2377 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2378 bool Override = false; 2379 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2380 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2381 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2382 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2383 switch (AMK) { 2384 case AMK_None: 2385 continue; 2386 2387 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2388 break; 2389 2390 case AMK_Override: 2391 Override = true; 2392 break; 2393 } 2394 } 2395 2396 // Already handled. 2397 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2398 continue; 2399 2400 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2401 foundAny = true; 2402 } 2403 2404 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2405 foundAny = true; 2406 2407 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2408 } 2409 2410 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2411 /// to the new one. 2412 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2413 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2414 Sema &S) { 2415 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2416 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2417 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2418 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2419 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2420 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2421 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2422 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2423 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2424 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2425 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2426 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2427 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2428 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2429 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2430 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2431 } 2432 2433 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2434 return; 2435 2436 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2437 2438 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2439 // done before we process them. 2440 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2441 2442 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2443 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2444 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2445 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2446 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2447 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2448 foundAny = true; 2449 } 2450 } 2451 2452 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2453 } 2454 2455 namespace { 2456 2457 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2458 /// C. 2459 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2460 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2461 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2462 QualType PromotedType; 2463 }; 2464 2465 } 2466 2467 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2468 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2469 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2470 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2471 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2472 2473 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2474 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2475 2476 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2477 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2478 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2479 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2480 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2481 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2482 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2483 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2484 } 2485 2486 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2487 } 2488 2489 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2490 // declaration, or a declaration. 2491 template <typename T> 2492 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2493 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2494 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2495 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2496 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2497 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2498 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2499 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2500 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2501 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2502 } else 2503 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2504 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2505 } 2506 2507 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2508 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2509 /// GNU89 mode. 2510 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2511 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2512 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2513 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2514 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2515 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2516 } 2517 2518 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2519 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2520 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2521 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2522 return AT; 2523 } 2524 2525 template <typename T> 2526 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2527 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2528 if (DC->isRecord()) 2529 return false; 2530 2531 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2532 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2533 return true; 2534 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2535 return true; 2536 return false; 2537 } 2538 2539 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2540 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2541 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2542 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2543 /// 2544 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2545 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2546 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2547 /// merged with. 2548 /// 2549 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2550 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2551 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2552 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2553 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2554 if (!Old) { 2555 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2556 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2557 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2558 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2559 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2560 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2561 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2562 return true; 2563 } 2564 2565 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2566 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2567 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2568 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2569 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2570 2571 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2572 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2573 if (Old && 2574 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2575 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2576 !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC())) 2577 Old = nullptr; 2578 2579 if (!Old) { 2580 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2581 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2582 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2583 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2584 return true; 2585 } 2586 OldD = Old; 2587 } else { 2588 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2589 << New->getDeclName(); 2590 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2591 return true; 2592 } 2593 } 2594 2595 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2596 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2597 return true; 2598 2599 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2600 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2601 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2602 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2603 2604 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2605 // is an extern inline function. 2606 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2607 // storage classes. 2608 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2609 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2610 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2611 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2612 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2613 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2614 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2615 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2616 } else { 2617 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2618 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2619 return true; 2620 } 2621 } 2622 2623 2624 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2625 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2626 // convention of the first. 2627 // 2628 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2629 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2630 // 2631 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2632 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2633 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2634 // 2635 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2636 // other tests to run. 2637 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2638 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2639 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2640 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2641 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2642 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2643 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2644 2645 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2646 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2647 const FunctionType *FT = 2648 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2649 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2650 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2651 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2652 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2653 // there but not here. 2654 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2655 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2656 } else { 2657 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2658 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2659 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2660 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2661 << !FirstCCExplicit 2662 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2663 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2664 2665 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2666 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2667 return true; 2668 } 2669 } 2670 2671 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2672 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2673 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2674 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2675 } 2676 2677 // Merge regparm attribute. 2678 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2679 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2680 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2681 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2682 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2683 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2684 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2685 return true; 2686 } 2687 2688 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2689 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2690 } 2691 2692 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2693 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2694 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2695 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2696 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2697 return true; 2698 } 2699 2700 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2701 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2702 } 2703 2704 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2705 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2706 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2707 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2708 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2709 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2710 } 2711 2712 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2713 // UndefinedButUsed. 2714 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2715 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2716 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2717 Old->isUsed(false) && 2718 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2719 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2720 SourceLocation())); 2721 2722 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2723 // about it. 2724 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2725 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2726 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2727 } 2728 2729 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2730 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2731 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2732 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2733 // cannot be overloaded. 2734 2735 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2736 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2737 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2738 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2739 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2740 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2741 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2742 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2743 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2744 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2745 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2746 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2747 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2748 QualType ResQT; 2749 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2750 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2751 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2752 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2753 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2754 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2755 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2756 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2757 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2758 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2759 else 2760 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2761 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2762 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2763 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2764 return true; 2765 } 2766 else 2767 NewQType = ResQT; 2768 } 2769 2770 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2771 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2772 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2773 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2774 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2775 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2776 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2777 New->setType( 2778 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2779 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2780 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2781 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2782 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2783 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2784 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2785 } 2786 } 2787 2788 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2789 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2790 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2791 // Preserve triviality. 2792 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2793 2794 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2795 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2796 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2797 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2798 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2799 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2800 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2801 2802 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2803 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2804 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2805 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2806 // is a static member function declaration. 2807 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2808 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2809 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2810 return true; 2811 } 2812 2813 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2814 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2815 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2816 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2817 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2818 unsigned NewDiag; 2819 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2820 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2821 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2822 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2823 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2824 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2825 else 2826 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2827 2828 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2829 } else { 2830 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2831 << New << New->getType(); 2832 } 2833 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2834 return true; 2835 2836 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2837 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2838 // 2839 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2840 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2841 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2842 if (isFriend) { 2843 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2844 } else { 2845 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2846 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2847 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2848 return true; 2849 } 2850 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2851 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2852 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2853 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2854 return true; 2855 } 2856 } 2857 2858 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2859 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2860 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2861 // attribute. 2862 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2863 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2864 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2865 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2866 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2867 } 2868 2869 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2870 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2871 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2872 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2873 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2874 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2875 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2876 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2877 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2878 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2879 } 2880 2881 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2882 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2883 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2884 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2885 2886 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2887 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2888 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2889 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2890 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2891 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2892 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2893 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2894 } 2895 2896 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2897 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2898 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2899 // 2900 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2901 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2902 // linkage within class scope. 2903 // 2904 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2905 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2906 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2907 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2908 } else { 2909 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2910 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2911 return true; 2912 } 2913 } 2914 2915 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2916 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2917 2918 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2919 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2920 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2921 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2922 // when we instantiate the function. 2923 return false; 2924 } 2925 2926 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2927 } 2928 2929 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2930 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2931 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2932 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2933 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2934 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2935 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2936 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2937 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2938 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2939 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2940 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2941 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2942 NewQType = 2943 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2944 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2945 New->setType(NewQType); 2946 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2947 2948 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2949 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2950 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2951 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2952 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2953 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2954 SC_None, nullptr); 2955 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2956 Param->setImplicit(); 2957 Params.push_back(Param); 2958 } 2959 2960 New->setParams(Params); 2961 } 2962 2963 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2964 } 2965 2966 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2967 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2968 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2969 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2970 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2971 // the prototype. 2972 // 2973 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2974 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2975 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2976 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2977 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2978 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2979 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2980 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2981 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2982 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2983 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2984 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2985 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2986 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2987 2988 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2989 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 2990 NewProto->getReturnType()); 2991 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2992 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2993 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2994 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2995 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2996 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2997 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 2998 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2999 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3000 NewParm->getType(), 3001 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3002 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3003 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3004 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3005 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3006 } else 3007 LooseCompatible = false; 3008 } 3009 3010 if (LooseCompatible) { 3011 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3012 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3013 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3014 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3015 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3016 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3017 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3018 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3019 } 3020 3021 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3022 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3023 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3024 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3025 } 3026 3027 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3028 } 3029 3030 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3031 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3032 3033 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3034 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3035 unsigned BuiltinID; 3036 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3037 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3038 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3039 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3040 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3041 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3042 << Old << Old->getType(); 3043 3044 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3045 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3046 // 3047 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3048 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3049 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3050 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3051 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3052 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3053 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 3054 3055 return false; 3056 } 3057 3058 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3059 } 3060 3061 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3062 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3063 return true; 3064 } 3065 3066 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3067 /// known to be compatible. 3068 /// 3069 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3070 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3071 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3072 /// redeclaration of Old. 3073 /// 3074 /// \returns false 3075 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3076 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3077 // Merge the attributes 3078 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3079 3080 // Merge "pure" flag. 3081 if (Old->isPure()) 3082 New->setPure(); 3083 3084 // Merge "used" flag. 3085 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3086 New->setIsUsed(); 3087 3088 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3089 // declarations. 3090 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3091 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 3092 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 3093 *this); 3094 3095 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3096 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3097 3098 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3099 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3100 // was visible. 3101 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3102 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3103 New->setType(Merged); 3104 3105 return false; 3106 } 3107 3108 3109 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3110 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3111 3112 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3113 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3114 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3115 : AMK_Override; 3116 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3117 3118 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3119 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3120 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3121 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3122 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3123 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3124 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3125 3126 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3127 } 3128 3129 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3130 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3131 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3132 /// 3133 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3134 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3135 /// is attached. 3136 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3137 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3138 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3139 return; 3140 3141 QualType MergedT; 3142 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3143 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3144 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3145 return; 3146 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3147 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3148 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3149 } 3150 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3151 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3152 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3153 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3154 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3155 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3156 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3157 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3158 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3159 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3160 NewArray->getElementType())) 3161 MergedT = New->getType(); 3162 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3163 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3164 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3165 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3166 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3167 NewArray->getElementType())) 3168 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3169 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3170 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3171 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3172 Old->getType()); 3173 } 3174 } else { 3175 // C 6.2.7p2: 3176 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3177 // compatible type. 3178 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3179 } 3180 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3181 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3182 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3183 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3184 // equivalent. 3185 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3186 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3187 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3188 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3189 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3190 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3191 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3192 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3193 return; 3194 } 3195 3196 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3197 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3198 // 3199 // extern int arr[]; 3200 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3201 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3202 // 3203 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3204 // to diagnose it. 3205 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 3206 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3207 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3208 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3209 } 3210 3211 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3212 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3213 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3214 New->setType(MergedT); 3215 } 3216 3217 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3218 LookupResult &Previous) { 3219 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3220 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3221 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3222 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3223 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3224 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3225 // 3226 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3227 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3228 return false; 3229 3230 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3231 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3232 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3233 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3234 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3235 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3236 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3237 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3238 } else { 3239 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3240 // type unless we're in the same function. 3241 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3242 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3243 } 3244 } 3245 3246 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3247 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3248 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3249 /// 3250 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3251 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3252 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3253 /// 3254 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3255 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3256 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3257 return; 3258 3259 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3260 3261 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3262 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3263 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3264 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3265 if (NewTemplate) { 3266 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3267 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3268 } else 3269 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3270 } 3271 if (!Old) { 3272 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3273 << New->getDeclName(); 3274 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3275 diag::note_previous_definition); 3276 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3277 } 3278 3279 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3280 return; 3281 3282 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3283 if (NewTemplate && 3284 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3285 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3286 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3287 return; 3288 3289 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3290 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3291 // 3292 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3293 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3294 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3295 << New->getIdentifier(); 3296 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3297 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3298 } 3299 3300 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3301 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3302 // declaration 3303 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3304 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3305 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3306 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3307 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3308 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3309 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3310 } 3311 3312 // Merge the types. 3313 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3314 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3315 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3316 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3317 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3318 return; 3319 } 3320 3321 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3322 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3323 return; 3324 3325 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3326 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3327 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3328 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3329 3330 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3331 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3332 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3333 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3334 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3335 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3336 << New->getDeclName(); 3337 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3338 } else { 3339 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3340 << New->getDeclName(); 3341 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3342 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3343 } 3344 } 3345 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3346 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3347 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3348 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3349 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3350 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3351 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3352 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3353 // identifier has external linkage. 3354 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3355 /* Okay */; 3356 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3357 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3358 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3359 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3360 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3361 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3362 } 3363 3364 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3365 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3366 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3367 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3368 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3369 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3370 } 3371 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3372 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3373 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3374 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3375 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3376 } 3377 3378 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3379 3380 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3381 // need to check for mismatches. 3382 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3383 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3384 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3385 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3386 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3387 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3388 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3389 } 3390 3391 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3392 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3393 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3394 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3395 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3396 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3397 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3398 } else { 3399 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3400 // static and dynamic initialization. 3401 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3402 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3403 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3404 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3405 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3406 } 3407 } 3408 3409 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3410 const VarDecl *Def; 3411 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3412 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3413 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3414 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3415 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3416 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3417 return; 3418 } 3419 3420 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3421 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3422 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3423 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3424 return; 3425 } 3426 3427 // Merge "used" flag. 3428 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3429 New->setIsUsed(); 3430 3431 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3432 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3433 if (NewTemplate) 3434 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3435 3436 // Inherit access appropriately. 3437 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3438 if (NewTemplate) 3439 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3440 } 3441 3442 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3443 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3444 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3445 DeclSpec &DS) { 3446 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3447 } 3448 3449 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3450 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3451 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3452 // compatibility. 3453 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3454 // targeted. 3455 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3456 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(19) ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3457 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3458 } 3459 3460 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3461 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3462 return; 3463 3464 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3465 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3466 // it is anonymous. 3467 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3468 return; 3469 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3470 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3471 Context.setManglingNumber( 3472 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3473 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3474 return; 3475 } 3476 3477 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3478 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3479 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3480 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3481 Context.setManglingNumber( 3482 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3483 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3484 } 3485 } 3486 3487 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3488 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3489 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 3490 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 3491 if (TagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) 3492 return; 3493 if (TagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3494 return; 3495 3496 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3497 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3498 3499 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3500 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3501 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) 3502 return; 3503 3504 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3505 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3506 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3507 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3508 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3509 // for how to handle it. 3510 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3511 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3512 3513 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3514 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3515 3516 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3517 textToInsert += ' '; 3518 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3519 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3520 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3521 return; 3522 } 3523 3524 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3525 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3526 } 3527 3528 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3529 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3530 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3531 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3532 DeclSpec &DS, 3533 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3534 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3535 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3536 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3537 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3538 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3539 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3540 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3541 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3542 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3543 3544 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3545 return nullptr; 3546 3547 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3548 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3549 // it's a Type. 3550 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3551 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3552 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3553 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3554 } 3555 3556 if (Tag) { 3557 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3558 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3559 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3560 return Tag; 3561 } 3562 3563 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3564 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3565 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3566 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3567 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3568 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3569 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3570 } 3571 3572 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3573 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3574 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3575 if (Tag) 3576 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3577 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3578 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3579 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3580 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3581 else 3582 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3583 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3584 return TagD; 3585 } 3586 3587 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3588 3589 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3590 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3591 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3592 if (TagD && !Tag) 3593 return nullptr; 3594 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3595 } 3596 3597 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3598 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3599 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3600 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3601 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3602 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3603 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3604 // or an explicit specialization. 3605 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3606 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3607 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3608 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3609 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3610 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3611 << SS.getRange(); 3612 return nullptr; 3613 } 3614 3615 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3616 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3617 3618 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3619 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3620 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3621 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3622 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3623 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3624 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3625 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3626 3627 DeclaresAnything = false; 3628 } 3629 } 3630 3631 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3632 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3633 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3634 // 3635 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3636 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3637 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3638 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3639 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3640 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3641 // struct STRUCT; 3642 // union UNION; 3643 // and 3644 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3645 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3646 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3647 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3648 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3649 if (Tag) 3650 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3651 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3652 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3653 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3654 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3655 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3656 3657 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3658 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3659 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3660 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3661 } 3662 3663 DeclaresAnything = false; 3664 } 3665 } 3666 3667 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3668 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3669 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3670 return TagD; 3671 3672 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3673 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3674 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3675 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3676 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3677 DeclaresAnything = false; 3678 3679 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3680 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3681 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3682 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3683 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3684 else 3685 DeclaresAnything = false; 3686 } 3687 3688 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3689 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3690 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3691 << Tag->getTagKind() 3692 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3693 3694 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3695 3696 // C 6.7/2: 3697 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3698 // or the members of an enumeration. 3699 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3700 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3701 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3702 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3703 // previous declaration. 3704 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3705 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3706 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3707 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3708 return TagD; 3709 } 3710 3711 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3712 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3713 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3714 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3715 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3716 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3717 // 3718 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3719 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3720 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3721 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3722 3723 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3724 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3725 // useless. 3726 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3727 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3728 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3729 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3730 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3731 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3732 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3733 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3734 } 3735 3736 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3737 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3738 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3739 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3740 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3741 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3742 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3743 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3744 // Restrict is covered above. 3745 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3746 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3747 } 3748 3749 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3750 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3751 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3752 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3753 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3754 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3755 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3756 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3757 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3758 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3759 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3760 while (attrs) { 3761 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3762 << attrs->getName() 3763 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3764 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3765 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3766 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3767 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3768 } 3769 } 3770 } 3771 3772 return TagD; 3773 } 3774 3775 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3776 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3777 /// 3778 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3779 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3780 Scope *S, 3781 DeclContext *Owner, 3782 DeclarationName Name, 3783 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3784 unsigned diagnostic) { 3785 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3786 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3787 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3788 3789 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3790 return false; 3791 3792 // Pick a representative declaration. 3793 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3794 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3795 3796 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3797 return false; 3798 3799 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3800 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3801 3802 return true; 3803 } 3804 3805 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3806 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3807 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3808 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3809 /// struct, e.g., 3810 /// 3811 /// @code 3812 /// union { 3813 /// int i; 3814 /// float f; 3815 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3816 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3817 /// @endcode 3818 /// 3819 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3820 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3821 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3822 DeclContext *Owner, 3823 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3824 AccessSpecifier AS, 3825 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3826 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3827 unsigned diagKind 3828 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3829 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3830 3831 bool Invalid = false; 3832 3833 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3834 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3835 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3836 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3837 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3838 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3839 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3840 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3841 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3842 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3843 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3844 Invalid = true; 3845 } else { 3846 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3847 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3848 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3849 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3850 // anonymous union is declared. 3851 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3852 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3853 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 3854 else 3855 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3856 3857 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3858 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3859 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3860 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3861 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3862 3863 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3864 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3865 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3866 3867 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3868 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3869 3870 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3871 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3872 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3873 3874 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3875 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3876 3877 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3878 } 3879 } 3880 } 3881 3882 return Invalid; 3883 } 3884 3885 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3886 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3887 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3888 static StorageClass 3889 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3890 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3891 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3892 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3893 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3894 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3895 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3896 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3897 return SC_None; 3898 return SC_Extern; 3899 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3900 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3901 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3902 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3903 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3904 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3905 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3906 } 3907 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3908 } 3909 3910 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3911 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3912 3913 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3914 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3915 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3916 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3917 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3918 return FD->getLocation(); 3919 } 3920 3921 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3922 } 3923 3924 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3925 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 3926 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3927 return; 3928 3929 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 3930 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 3931 } 3932 3933 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3934 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 3935 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3936 return; 3937 3938 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 3939 } 3940 3941 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3942 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3943 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3944 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3945 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3946 AccessSpecifier AS, 3947 RecordDecl *Record, 3948 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 3949 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3950 3951 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3952 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3953 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3954 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3955 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3956 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3957 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3958 3959 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3960 // structs/unions. 3961 bool Invalid = false; 3962 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3963 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 3964 unsigned DiagID; 3965 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3966 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3967 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3968 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3969 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3970 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3971 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3972 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3973 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3974 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3975 3976 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3977 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3978 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 3979 } 3980 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3981 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3982 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3983 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3984 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3985 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3986 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3987 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3988 3989 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3990 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3991 SourceLocation(), 3992 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3993 } 3994 } 3995 3996 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3997 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3998 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3999 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4000 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4001 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4002 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4003 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4004 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4005 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4006 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4007 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4008 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4009 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4010 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4011 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4012 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4013 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4014 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4015 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4016 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4017 4018 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4019 } 4020 4021 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4022 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4023 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4024 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4025 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4026 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4027 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4028 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4029 // members (clause 11). 4030 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4031 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4032 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4033 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4034 Invalid = true; 4035 } 4036 4037 // C++ [class.union]p1 4038 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4039 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4040 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4041 // array of such objects. 4042 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4043 Invalid = true; 4044 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4045 // Any implicit members are fine. 4046 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4047 // This is a type that showed up in an 4048 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4049 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4050 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4051 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4052 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4053 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4054 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4055 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4056 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4057 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4058 else { 4059 // This is a nested type declaration. 4060 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4061 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4062 Invalid = true; 4063 } 4064 } else { 4065 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4066 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4067 // not part of standard C++. 4068 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4069 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4070 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4071 } 4072 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4073 // Any access specifier is fine. 4074 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4075 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4076 } else { 4077 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4078 // member. Complain about it. 4079 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4080 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4081 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4082 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4083 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4084 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4085 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4086 4087 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4088 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4089 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4090 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4091 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4092 else { 4093 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 4094 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4095 Invalid = true; 4096 } 4097 } 4098 } 4099 4100 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4101 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4102 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4103 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4104 Owner->isRecord()) 4105 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4106 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4107 } 4108 4109 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4110 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4111 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4112 Invalid = true; 4113 } 4114 4115 // Mock up a declarator. 4116 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4117 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4118 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4119 4120 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4121 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4122 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4123 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4124 DS.getLocStart(), 4125 Record->getLocation(), 4126 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4127 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4128 TInfo, 4129 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4130 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4131 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4132 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4133 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4134 } else { 4135 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4136 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4137 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4138 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4139 // an error here 4140 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4141 Invalid = true; 4142 SC = SC_None; 4143 } 4144 4145 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4146 DS.getLocStart(), 4147 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4148 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4149 TInfo, SC); 4150 4151 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4152 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4153 // initializer: 4154 // union { int n = 0; }; 4155 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4156 } 4157 Anon->setImplicit(); 4158 4159 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4160 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4161 4162 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4163 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4164 // its members. 4165 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4166 4167 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4168 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4169 // purposes. 4170 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4171 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4172 4173 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4174 Chain, false)) 4175 Invalid = true; 4176 4177 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4178 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4179 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4180 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4181 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4182 Context.setManglingNumber( 4183 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4184 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4185 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4186 } 4187 } 4188 } 4189 4190 if (Invalid) 4191 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4192 4193 return Anon; 4194 } 4195 4196 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4197 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4198 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4199 /// Example: 4200 /// 4201 /// struct A { int a; }; 4202 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4203 /// 4204 /// void foo() { 4205 /// B var; 4206 /// var.a = 3; 4207 /// } 4208 /// 4209 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4210 RecordDecl *Record) { 4211 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4212 4213 // Mock up a declarator. 4214 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4215 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4216 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4217 4218 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4219 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4220 4221 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4222 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4223 ParentDecl, 4224 DS.getLocStart(), 4225 DS.getLocStart(), 4226 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4227 RecTy, 4228 TInfo, 4229 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4230 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4231 Anon->setImplicit(); 4232 4233 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4234 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4235 4236 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4237 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4238 // purposes. 4239 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4240 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4241 4242 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4243 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4244 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4245 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4246 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4247 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4248 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4249 } 4250 4251 return Anon; 4252 } 4253 4254 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4255 /// given Declarator. 4256 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4257 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4258 } 4259 4260 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4261 DeclarationNameInfo 4262 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4263 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4264 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4265 4266 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4267 4268 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4269 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4270 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4271 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4272 return NameInfo; 4273 4274 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4275 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4276 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4277 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4278 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4279 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4280 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4281 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4282 return NameInfo; 4283 4284 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4285 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4286 Name.Identifier)); 4287 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4288 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4289 return NameInfo; 4290 4291 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4292 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4293 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4294 if (Ty.isNull()) 4295 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4296 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4297 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4298 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4299 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4300 return NameInfo; 4301 } 4302 4303 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4304 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4305 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4306 if (Ty.isNull()) 4307 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4308 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4309 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4310 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4311 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4312 return NameInfo; 4313 } 4314 4315 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4316 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4317 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4318 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4319 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4320 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4321 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4322 4323 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4324 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4325 4326 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4327 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4328 // was qualified. 4329 4330 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4331 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4332 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4333 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4334 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4335 return NameInfo; 4336 } 4337 4338 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4339 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4340 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4341 if (Ty.isNull()) 4342 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4343 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4344 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4345 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4346 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4347 return NameInfo; 4348 } 4349 4350 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4351 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4352 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4353 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4354 } 4355 4356 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4357 4358 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4359 } 4360 4361 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4362 do { 4363 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4364 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4365 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4366 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4367 else 4368 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4369 } while (true); 4370 } 4371 4372 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4373 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4374 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4375 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4376 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4377 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4378 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4379 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4380 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4381 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4382 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4383 Params.clear(); 4384 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4385 return false; 4386 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4387 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4388 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4389 4390 // The parameter types are identical 4391 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4392 continue; 4393 4394 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4395 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4396 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4397 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4398 4399 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4400 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4401 Params.push_back(Idx); 4402 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4403 return false; 4404 } 4405 4406 return true; 4407 } 4408 4409 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4410 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4411 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4412 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4413 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4414 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4415 DeclarationName Name) { 4416 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4417 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4418 // - types which will become injected class names 4419 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4420 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4421 // few cases here. 4422 4423 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4424 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4425 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4426 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4427 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4428 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4429 // Grab the type from the parser. 4430 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4431 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4432 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4433 4434 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4435 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4436 // attached already. 4437 if (!TSI) 4438 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4439 4440 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4441 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4442 if (!TSI) return true; 4443 4444 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4445 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4446 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4447 break; 4448 } 4449 4450 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4451 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4452 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4453 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4454 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4455 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4456 break; 4457 } 4458 4459 default: 4460 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4461 break; 4462 } 4463 4464 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4465 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4466 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4467 4468 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4469 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4470 // pointer. 4471 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4472 continue; 4473 4474 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4475 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4476 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4477 return true; 4478 } 4479 4480 return false; 4481 } 4482 4483 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4484 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4485 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4486 4487 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4488 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4489 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4490 4491 return Dcl; 4492 } 4493 4494 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4495 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4496 /// name different from T: 4497 /// - every static data member of class T; 4498 /// - every member function of class T 4499 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4500 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4501 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4502 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4503 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4504 4505 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4506 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4507 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4508 return true; 4509 } 4510 4511 return false; 4512 } 4513 4514 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4515 /// nested-name-specifier. 4516 /// 4517 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4518 /// 4519 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4520 /// resolves. 4521 /// 4522 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4523 /// 4524 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4525 /// 4526 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4527 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4528 DeclarationName Name, 4529 SourceLocation Loc) { 4530 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4531 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4532 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4533 4534 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4535 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4536 // 4537 // class X { 4538 // void X::f(); 4539 // }; 4540 // 4541 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4542 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4543 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4544 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4545 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4546 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4547 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4548 SS.clear(); 4549 } else { 4550 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4551 } 4552 return false; 4553 } 4554 4555 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4556 // declaration. 4557 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4558 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4559 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4560 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4561 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4562 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4563 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4564 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4565 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4566 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4567 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4568 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4569 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4570 else 4571 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4572 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4573 4574 return true; 4575 } 4576 4577 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4578 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4579 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4580 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4581 SS.clear(); 4582 4583 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4584 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4585 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4586 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4587 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4588 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4589 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4590 return true; 4591 4592 return false; 4593 } 4594 4595 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4596 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4597 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4598 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4599 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4600 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4601 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4602 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4603 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4604 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4605 4606 return false; 4607 } 4608 4609 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4610 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4611 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4612 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4613 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4614 4615 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4616 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4617 if (!Name) { 4618 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4619 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4620 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4621 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4622 return nullptr; 4623 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4624 return nullptr; 4625 4626 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4627 // we find one that is. 4628 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4629 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4630 S = S->getParent(); 4631 4632 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4633 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4634 D.setInvalidType(); 4635 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4636 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4637 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4638 return nullptr; 4639 4640 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4641 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4642 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4643 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4644 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4645 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4646 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4647 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4648 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4649 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4650 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4651 return nullptr; 4652 } 4653 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4654 4655 if (!IsDependentContext && 4656 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4657 return nullptr; 4658 4659 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4660 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4661 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4662 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4663 D.setInvalidType(); 4664 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4665 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4666 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4667 if (DC->isRecord()) 4668 return nullptr; 4669 4670 D.setInvalidType(); 4671 } 4672 } 4673 4674 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4675 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4676 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4677 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4678 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4679 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4680 D.setInvalidType(); 4681 } 4682 } 4683 4684 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4685 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4686 // Just return early; it's safer. 4687 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4688 return nullptr; 4689 4690 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4691 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4692 4693 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4694 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4695 D.setInvalidType(); 4696 4697 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4698 ForRedeclaration); 4699 4700 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4701 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4702 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4703 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4704 4705 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4706 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4707 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4708 // 4709 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4710 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4711 // the same name. 4712 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4713 /* Do nothing*/; 4714 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4715 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4716 R->isFunctionType())) { 4717 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4718 CreateBuiltins = 4719 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4720 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4721 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4722 CreateBuiltins = true; 4723 4724 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4725 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4726 4727 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4728 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4729 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4730 4731 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4732 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4733 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4734 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4735 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4736 // thereof; [...] 4737 // 4738 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4739 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4740 // we want to match. For example, given: 4741 // 4742 // class X { 4743 // void f(); 4744 // void f(float); 4745 // }; 4746 // 4747 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4748 // 4749 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4750 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4751 // matches. 4752 4753 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4754 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4755 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4756 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4757 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4758 } 4759 4760 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4761 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4762 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4763 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4764 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4765 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4766 4767 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4768 Previous.clear(); 4769 } 4770 4771 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4772 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4773 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4774 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4775 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4776 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4777 Previous.clear(); 4778 4779 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4780 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4781 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4782 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4783 4784 NamedDecl *New; 4785 4786 bool AddToScope = true; 4787 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4788 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4789 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4790 return nullptr; 4791 } 4792 4793 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4794 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4795 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4796 TemplateParamLists, 4797 AddToScope); 4798 } else { 4799 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4800 AddToScope); 4801 } 4802 4803 if (!New) 4804 return nullptr; 4805 4806 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4807 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4808 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4809 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4810 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4811 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4812 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4813 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4814 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4815 if (!AddToContext) 4816 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4817 } 4818 4819 return New; 4820 } 4821 4822 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4823 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4824 /// GCC compatibility). 4825 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4826 ASTContext &Context, 4827 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4828 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4829 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4830 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4831 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4832 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4833 SizeIsNegative = false; 4834 Oversized = 0; 4835 4836 if (T->isDependentType()) 4837 return QualType(); 4838 4839 QualifierCollector Qs; 4840 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4841 4842 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4843 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4844 QualType FixedType = 4845 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4846 Oversized); 4847 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4848 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4849 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4850 } 4851 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4852 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4853 QualType FixedType = 4854 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4855 Oversized); 4856 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4857 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4858 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4859 } 4860 4861 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4862 if (!VLATy) 4863 return QualType(); 4864 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4865 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4866 return QualType(); 4867 4868 llvm::APSInt Res; 4869 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4870 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4871 return QualType(); 4872 4873 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4874 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4875 SizeIsNegative = true; 4876 return QualType(); 4877 } 4878 4879 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4880 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4881 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4882 Res); 4883 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4884 Oversized = Res; 4885 return QualType(); 4886 } 4887 4888 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4889 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4890 } 4891 4892 static void 4893 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4894 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 4895 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 4896 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4897 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4898 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4899 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4900 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4901 return; 4902 } 4903 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4904 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4905 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4906 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4907 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4908 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4909 return; 4910 } 4911 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4912 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4913 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4914 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4915 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4916 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4917 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4918 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4919 } 4920 4921 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4922 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4923 /// GCC compatibility). 4924 static TypeSourceInfo* 4925 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4926 ASTContext &Context, 4927 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4928 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4929 QualType FixedTy 4930 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4931 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4932 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4933 return nullptr; 4934 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4935 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4936 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4937 return FixedTInfo; 4938 } 4939 4940 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4941 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4942 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4943 /// function-scope declarations. 4944 void 4945 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4946 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4947 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4948 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4949 return; 4950 4951 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4952 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 4953 } 4954 4955 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4956 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 4957 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 4958 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 4959 } 4960 4961 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4962 /// does not identify a function. 4963 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4964 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4965 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4966 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4967 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4968 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4969 4970 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4971 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4972 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4973 4974 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4975 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4976 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4977 4978 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4979 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4980 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4981 } 4982 4983 NamedDecl* 4984 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4985 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4986 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4987 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4988 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4989 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4990 D.setInvalidType(); 4991 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4992 DC = CurContext; 4993 Previous.clear(); 4994 } 4995 4996 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4997 4998 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4999 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5000 << 1; 5001 5002 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5003 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5004 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5005 return nullptr; 5006 } 5007 5008 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5009 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5010 5011 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5012 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5013 5014 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5015 5016 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5017 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5018 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5019 return ND; 5020 } 5021 5022 void 5023 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5024 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5025 // then it shall have block scope. 5026 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5027 // that redeclarations will match. 5028 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5029 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5030 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5031 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5032 5033 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5034 bool SizeIsNegative; 5035 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5036 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5037 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5038 SizeIsNegative, 5039 Oversized); 5040 if (FixedTInfo) { 5041 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5042 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5043 } else { 5044 if (SizeIsNegative) 5045 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5046 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5047 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5048 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5049 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5050 << Oversized.toString(10); 5051 else 5052 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5053 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5054 } 5055 } 5056 } 5057 } 5058 5059 5060 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5061 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5062 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5063 NamedDecl* 5064 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5065 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5066 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5067 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5068 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5069 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5070 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 5071 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5072 Redeclaration = true; 5073 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 5074 } 5075 5076 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5077 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5078 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5079 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5080 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5081 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5082 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5083 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5084 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5085 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5086 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5087 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5088 } 5089 5090 return NewTD; 5091 } 5092 5093 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5094 /// previous declaration. 5095 /// 5096 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5097 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5098 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5099 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5100 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5101 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5102 /// 5103 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5104 /// lookup 5105 /// 5106 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5107 /// declared. 5108 /// 5109 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5110 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5111 static bool 5112 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5113 ASTContext &Context) { 5114 if (!PrevDecl) 5115 return false; 5116 5117 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5118 return false; 5119 5120 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5121 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5122 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5123 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5124 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5125 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5126 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5127 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5128 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5129 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5130 return false; 5131 5132 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5133 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5134 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5135 return false; 5136 5137 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5138 // previous declarations. 5139 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5140 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5141 5142 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5143 // isn't the same function. 5144 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5145 return false; 5146 } 5147 5148 return true; 5149 } 5150 5151 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5152 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5153 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5154 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5155 } 5156 5157 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5158 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5159 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5160 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5161 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5162 unsigned kind = -1U; 5163 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5164 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5165 kind = 0; // __block 5166 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5167 kind = 1; // global 5168 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5169 kind = 3; // ivar 5170 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5171 kind = 2; // field 5172 } 5173 5174 if (kind != -1U) { 5175 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5176 << kind; 5177 } 5178 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5179 // Try to infer lifetime. 5180 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5181 return false; 5182 5183 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5184 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5185 decl->setType(type); 5186 } 5187 5188 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5189 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5190 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5191 var->getTLSKind()) { 5192 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5193 << var->getType(); 5194 return true; 5195 } 5196 } 5197 5198 return false; 5199 } 5200 5201 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5202 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5203 // the wrong linkage. 5204 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5205 5206 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5207 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5208 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5209 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5210 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5211 } 5212 } 5213 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5214 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5215 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5216 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5217 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5218 } 5219 } 5220 5221 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5222 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5223 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5224 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5225 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5226 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5227 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5228 } 5229 } 5230 } 5231 5232 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5233 // It does not apply to functions. 5234 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5235 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5236 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5237 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5238 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5239 } 5240 } 5241 5242 // dll attributes require external linkage. 5243 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5244 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5245 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5246 << &ND << Attr; 5247 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5248 } 5249 } 5250 } 5251 5252 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5253 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5254 bool IsSpecialization) { 5255 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5256 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5257 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5258 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5259 5260 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5261 return; 5262 5263 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5264 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5265 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5266 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5267 5268 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5269 // inherited attribute instances. 5270 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5271 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5272 5273 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5274 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5275 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5276 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5277 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5278 5279 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5280 // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for 5281 // free functions and global variables. 5282 bool JustWarn = false; 5283 if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && !OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5284 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5285 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5286 JustWarn = true; 5287 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5288 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5289 JustWarn = true; 5290 } 5291 5292 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5293 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5294 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5295 << NewDecl 5296 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5297 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5298 if (!JustWarn) { 5299 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5300 return; 5301 } 5302 } 5303 5304 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5305 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5306 // and qualified friend declarations. 5307 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5308 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5309 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5310 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5311 // separately. 5312 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5313 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5314 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5315 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5316 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5317 } 5318 5319 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5320 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5321 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5322 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5323 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5324 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5325 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5326 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5327 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5328 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5329 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5330 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5331 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5332 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5333 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5334 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5335 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5336 } 5337 } 5338 5339 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5340 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5341 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5342 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5343 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5344 5345 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5346 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5347 5348 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5349 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5350 return false; 5351 5352 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5353 5354 #ifndef NDEBUG 5355 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5356 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5357 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5358 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5359 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5360 #endif 5361 5362 bool isC99Inline = 5363 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5364 5365 #ifndef NDEBUG 5366 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5367 #endif 5368 5369 return isC99Inline; 5370 } 5371 5372 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5373 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5374 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5375 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5376 /// 5377 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5378 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5379 /// 5380 /// For instance: 5381 /// 5382 /// auto x = []{}; 5383 /// 5384 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5385 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5386 /// 5387 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5388 template<typename T> 5389 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5390 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5391 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5392 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5393 return false; 5394 } 5395 return D->isExternC(); 5396 } 5397 5398 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5399 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5400 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5401 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5402 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5403 return true; 5404 if (DC->isRecord()) 5405 return false; 5406 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5407 } 5408 5409 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5410 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5411 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5412 return true; 5413 if (DC->isRecord()) 5414 return false; 5415 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5416 } 5417 5418 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5419 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5420 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5421 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5422 return true; 5423 return false; 5424 } 5425 5426 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5427 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5428 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5429 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5430 return true; 5431 5432 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5433 // position to the decl itself. 5434 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5435 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5436 return true; 5437 } 5438 5439 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5440 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5441 } 5442 5443 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5444 /// function-local external declaration. 5445 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5446 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5447 return false; 5448 5449 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5450 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5451 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5452 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5453 return true; 5454 5455 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5456 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5457 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5458 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5459 // 5460 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5461 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5462 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5463 DC = DC->getParent(); 5464 return true; 5465 } 5466 5467 NamedDecl * 5468 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5469 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5470 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5471 bool &AddToScope) { 5472 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5473 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5474 5475 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5476 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5477 5478 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5479 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5480 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5481 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5482 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5483 SC = SC_Extern; 5484 5485 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5486 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5487 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5488 5489 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5490 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5491 QualType NR = R; 5492 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5493 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5494 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5495 D.setInvalidType(); 5496 break; 5497 } 5498 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5499 } 5500 5501 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5502 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5503 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5504 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5505 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5506 D.setInvalidType(); 5507 } 5508 } 5509 } 5510 5511 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5512 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5513 // an error here 5514 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5515 D.setInvalidType(); 5516 SC = SC_None; 5517 } 5518 5519 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5520 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5521 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5522 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5523 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5524 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5525 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5526 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5527 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5528 } 5529 5530 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5531 if (!II) { 5532 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5533 << Name; 5534 return nullptr; 5535 } 5536 5537 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5538 5539 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5540 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5541 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5542 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5543 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5544 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5545 D.setInvalidType(); 5546 } 5547 } 5548 5549 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5550 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5551 // OpenCL __local address space. 5552 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5553 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5554 } 5555 5556 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5557 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5558 // space qualifiers. 5559 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5560 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5561 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5562 } 5563 5564 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5565 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5566 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5567 // address space qualifiers. 5568 if (R->isEventT()) { 5569 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5570 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5571 D.setInvalidType(); 5572 } 5573 5574 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5575 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5576 D.setInvalidType(); 5577 } 5578 } 5579 } 5580 5581 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5582 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5583 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5584 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5585 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5586 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5587 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5588 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5589 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5590 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5591 R, TInfo, SC); 5592 5593 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5594 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5595 } else { 5596 bool Invalid = false; 5597 5598 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5599 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5600 switch (SC) { 5601 case SC_None: 5602 break; 5603 case SC_Static: 5604 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5605 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5606 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5607 break; 5608 case SC_Auto: 5609 case SC_Register: 5610 case SC_Extern: 5611 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5612 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5613 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5614 // of class members 5615 5616 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5617 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5618 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5619 break; 5620 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5621 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5622 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5623 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5624 } 5625 } 5626 5627 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5628 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5629 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5630 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5631 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5632 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5633 5634 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5635 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5636 if (RD->isUnion()) 5637 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5638 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5639 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5640 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5641 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5642 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5643 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5644 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5645 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5646 } 5647 } 5648 5649 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5650 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5651 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5652 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5653 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5654 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5655 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5656 : nullptr, 5657 TemplateParamLists, 5658 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5659 5660 if (TemplateParams) { 5661 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5662 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5663 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5664 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5665 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5666 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5667 << II 5668 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5669 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5670 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5671 } else { 5672 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5673 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5674 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5675 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5676 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5677 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5678 // This is a template declaration. 5679 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5680 5681 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5682 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5683 return nullptr; 5684 5685 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5686 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5687 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5688 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5689 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5690 } 5691 } 5692 } else { 5693 assert( 5694 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5695 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5696 } 5697 5698 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5699 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5700 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5701 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5702 : SourceLocation(); 5703 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5704 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5705 IsPartialSpecialization); 5706 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5707 return nullptr; 5708 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5709 AddToScope = false; 5710 } else 5711 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5712 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5713 5714 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5715 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5716 NewTemplate = 5717 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5718 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5719 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5720 } 5721 5722 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5723 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5724 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5725 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5726 5727 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5728 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5729 if (NewTemplate) 5730 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5731 } 5732 5733 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5734 5735 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5736 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5737 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5738 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5739 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5740 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5741 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5742 5743 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5744 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5745 } 5746 5747 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5748 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5749 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5750 if (NewTemplate) 5751 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5752 5753 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5754 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5755 5756 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 5757 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5758 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5759 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5760 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5761 // explicitly. 5762 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5763 // 'extern'. 5764 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 5765 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 5766 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 5767 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 5768 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5769 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5770 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5771 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 5772 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5773 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 5774 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 5775 // error should be ignored. 5776 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 5777 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 5778 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 5779 // to emit any code for it. 5780 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5781 } else 5782 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5783 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5784 } else 5785 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5786 } 5787 5788 // C99 6.7.4p3 5789 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5790 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5791 // thread storage duration... 5792 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5793 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5794 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5795 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5796 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5797 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5798 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5799 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5800 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5801 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5802 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5803 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5804 } 5805 } 5806 5807 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5808 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5809 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5810 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5811 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5812 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5813 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5814 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5815 << 2 5816 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5817 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5818 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5819 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5820 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5821 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5822 else { 5823 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5824 if (NewTemplate) 5825 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5826 } 5827 } 5828 5829 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5830 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5831 5832 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5833 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 5834 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5835 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5836 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5837 // storage [duration]." 5838 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5839 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5840 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5841 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5842 } 5843 } 5844 5845 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5846 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5847 // check the VarDecl itself. 5848 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5849 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5850 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5851 5852 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5853 // retainable type. 5854 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5855 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5856 5857 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5858 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5859 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5860 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5861 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5862 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5863 switch (SC) { 5864 case SC_None: 5865 case SC_Auto: 5866 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5867 break; 5868 case SC_Register: 5869 // Local Named register 5870 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5871 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5872 break; 5873 case SC_Static: 5874 case SC_Extern: 5875 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5876 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5877 break; 5878 } 5879 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 5880 // Global Named register 5881 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5882 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5883 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 5884 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 5885 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5886 } 5887 } 5888 5889 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5890 Context, Label, 0)); 5891 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5892 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5893 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5894 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5895 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5896 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5897 } 5898 } 5899 5900 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5901 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 5902 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5903 5904 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5905 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5906 // declaration has linkage). 5907 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5908 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 5909 IsExplicitSpecialization || 5910 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5911 5912 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 5913 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 5914 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5915 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 5916 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 5917 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 5918 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 5919 5920 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5921 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5922 } else { 5923 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 5924 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5925 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5926 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5927 5928 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5929 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5930 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5931 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5932 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5933 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5934 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5935 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5936 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5937 Previous.clear(); 5938 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5939 } 5940 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5941 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5942 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5943 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5944 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5945 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5946 } 5947 5948 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5949 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5950 5951 if (NewTemplate) { 5952 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 5953 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 5954 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 5955 : nullptr; 5956 5957 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5958 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5959 // template declaration. 5960 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5961 TemplateParams, 5962 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5963 : nullptr, 5964 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5965 DC->isDependentContext()) 5966 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5967 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5968 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5969 5970 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5971 // template, make a note of that. 5972 if (PrevVarTemplate && 5973 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5974 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5975 } 5976 } 5977 5978 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5979 5980 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5981 // the map of such variables. 5982 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5983 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5984 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5985 5986 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5987 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5988 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 5989 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 5990 Context.setManglingNumber( 5991 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 5992 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 5993 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5994 } 5995 } 5996 5997 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 5998 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 5999 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6000 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6001 } 6002 6003 if (NewTemplate) { 6004 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6005 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6006 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6007 return NewTemplate; 6008 } 6009 6010 return NewVD; 6011 } 6012 6013 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6014 /// -Wshadow. 6015 /// 6016 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6017 /// scope. 6018 /// 6019 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6020 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6021 /// 6022 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6023 // Return if warning is ignored. 6024 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6025 return; 6026 6027 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6028 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6029 return; 6030 6031 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6032 6033 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6034 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6035 return; 6036 6037 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6038 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6039 return; 6040 6041 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6042 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6043 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6044 if (MD->isStatic()) 6045 return; 6046 6047 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6048 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6049 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6050 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6051 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6052 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6053 ShadowedDecl = I; 6054 break; 6055 } 6056 } 6057 6058 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6059 6060 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6061 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6062 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6063 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6064 return; 6065 6066 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6067 // static data members from base classes? 6068 6069 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6070 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6071 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6072 } 6073 6074 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6075 unsigned Kind; 6076 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6077 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6078 Kind = 3; // field 6079 else 6080 Kind = 2; // static data member 6081 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 6082 Kind = 1; // global 6083 else 6084 Kind = 0; // local 6085 6086 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6087 6088 // Emit warning and note. 6089 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6090 return; 6091 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6092 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6093 } 6094 6095 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6096 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6097 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6098 return; 6099 6100 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6101 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6102 LookupName(R, S); 6103 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6104 } 6105 6106 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6107 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6108 template<typename T> 6109 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6110 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6111 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6112 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6113 6114 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6115 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6116 // declaration. 6117 return false; 6118 } 6119 6120 if (Prev) { 6121 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6122 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6123 // redeclaration. 6124 Previous.clear(); 6125 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6126 return true; 6127 } 6128 6129 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6130 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6131 // declaration. 6132 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6133 return false; 6134 } else { 6135 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6136 // translation unit which might conflict. 6137 if (IsGlobal) { 6138 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6139 IsGlobal = false; 6140 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6141 I != E; ++I) { 6142 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6143 Prev = *I; 6144 break; 6145 } 6146 } 6147 } else { 6148 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6149 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6150 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6151 I != E; ++I) { 6152 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6153 Prev = *I; 6154 break; 6155 } 6156 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6157 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6158 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6159 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6160 // diagnostic. 6161 } 6162 } 6163 6164 if (!Prev) 6165 return false; 6166 } 6167 6168 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6169 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6170 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6171 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6172 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6173 else 6174 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6175 6176 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6177 << IsGlobal << ND; 6178 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6179 << IsGlobal; 6180 return false; 6181 } 6182 6183 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6184 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6185 /// 6186 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6187 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6188 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6189 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6190 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6191 template<typename T> 6192 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6193 LookupResult &Previous) { 6194 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6195 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6196 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6197 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6198 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6199 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6200 Previous.clear(); 6201 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6202 return true; 6203 } 6204 } 6205 return false; 6206 } 6207 6208 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6209 // declaration. 6210 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6211 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6212 6213 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6214 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6215 // in another scope. 6216 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6217 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6218 6219 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6220 return false; 6221 } 6222 6223 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6224 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6225 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6226 return; 6227 6228 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6229 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6230 6231 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6232 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6233 return; 6234 6235 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6236 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6237 6238 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6239 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6240 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6241 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6242 NewVD->setType(T); 6243 } 6244 6245 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6246 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6247 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6248 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6249 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6250 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6251 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6252 return; 6253 } 6254 6255 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6256 // __constant address space. 6257 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6258 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6259 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6260 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6261 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6262 return; 6263 } 6264 6265 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6266 // scope. 6267 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6268 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6269 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6270 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6271 return; 6272 } 6273 6274 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6275 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6276 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6277 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6278 else { 6279 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6280 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6281 } 6282 } 6283 6284 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6285 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6286 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6287 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6288 6289 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6290 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6291 bool SizeIsNegative; 6292 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6293 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6294 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6295 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6296 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6297 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6298 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6299 // int a[10][n]; 6300 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6301 6302 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6303 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6304 << SizeRange; 6305 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6306 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6307 << SizeRange; 6308 else 6309 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6310 << SizeRange; 6311 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6312 return; 6313 } 6314 6315 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6316 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6317 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6318 else 6319 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6320 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6321 return; 6322 } 6323 6324 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6325 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6326 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6327 } 6328 6329 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6330 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6331 // of objects and functions. 6332 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6333 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6334 << T; 6335 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6336 return; 6337 } 6338 } 6339 6340 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6341 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6342 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6343 return; 6344 } 6345 6346 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6347 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6348 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6349 return; 6350 } 6351 6352 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6353 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6354 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6355 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6356 return; 6357 } 6358 } 6359 6360 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6361 /// declaration. 6362 /// 6363 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6364 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6365 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6366 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6367 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6368 /// 6369 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6370 /// 6371 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6372 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6373 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6374 6375 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6376 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6377 return false; 6378 6379 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6380 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6381 if (Previous.empty() && 6382 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6383 Previous.setShadowed(); 6384 6385 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6386 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 6387 6388 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6389 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6390 return true; 6391 } 6392 return false; 6393 } 6394 6395 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 6396 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 6397 Sema *S; 6398 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6399 }; 6400 6401 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6402 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6403 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6404 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 6405 CXXBasePath &Path, 6406 void *UserData) { 6407 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6408 6409 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 6410 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 6411 6412 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 6413 6414 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6415 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6416 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6417 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6418 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6419 6420 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6421 } 6422 6423 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 6424 !Path.Decls.empty(); 6425 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6426 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6427 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6428 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 6429 return true; 6430 } 6431 } 6432 6433 return false; 6434 } 6435 6436 namespace { 6437 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6438 } 6439 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6440 /// overriden methods. 6441 /// 6442 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6443 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6444 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6445 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6446 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6447 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6448 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6449 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6450 I != E; ++I) { 6451 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6452 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6453 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6454 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6455 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6456 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6457 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6458 } 6459 } 6460 6461 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6462 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6463 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6464 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6465 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6466 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 6467 Data.Method = MD; 6468 Data.S = this; 6469 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6470 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6471 bool AddedAny = false; 6472 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 6473 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6474 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6475 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6476 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6477 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6478 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6479 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6480 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6481 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6482 AddedAny = true; 6483 } 6484 } 6485 } 6486 } 6487 6488 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6489 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6490 } 6491 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6492 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6493 } 6494 6495 return AddedAny; 6496 } 6497 6498 namespace { 6499 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6500 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6501 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6502 Scope *S; 6503 Declarator &D; 6504 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6505 bool AddToScope; 6506 }; 6507 } 6508 6509 namespace { 6510 6511 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6512 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6513 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6514 public: 6515 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6516 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6517 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6518 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6519 6520 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6521 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6522 return false; 6523 6524 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6525 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6526 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6527 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6528 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6529 6530 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6531 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6532 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6533 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6534 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6535 return true; 6536 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6537 return true; 6538 } 6539 } 6540 } 6541 6542 return false; 6543 } 6544 6545 private: 6546 ASTContext &Context; 6547 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6548 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6549 }; 6550 6551 } 6552 6553 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6554 /// 6555 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6556 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6557 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6558 /// the same name. 6559 /// 6560 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6561 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6562 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6563 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6564 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6565 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6566 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6567 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6568 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6569 TypoCorrection Correction; 6570 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6571 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6572 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6573 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6574 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6575 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6576 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6577 6578 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6579 if (IsLocalFriend) 6580 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6581 else 6582 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6583 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6584 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6585 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6586 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6587 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6588 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6589 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6590 if (FD && 6591 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6592 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6593 // involve a parameter 6594 unsigned ParamNum = 6595 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6596 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6597 } 6598 } 6599 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6600 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6601 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6602 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6603 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6604 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6605 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6606 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6607 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6608 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6609 Previous.clear(); 6610 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6611 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6612 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6613 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6614 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6615 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6616 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6617 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6618 } 6619 } 6620 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6621 6622 NamedDecl *Result; 6623 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6624 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6625 { 6626 // Trap errors. 6627 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6628 6629 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6630 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6631 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6632 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6633 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6634 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6635 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6636 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6637 6638 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6639 Result = nullptr; 6640 } 6641 6642 if (Result) { 6643 // Determine which correction we picked. 6644 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6645 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6646 I != E; ++I) 6647 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6648 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6649 6650 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6651 Correction, 6652 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6653 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6654 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6655 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6656 return Result; 6657 } 6658 6659 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6660 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6661 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6662 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6663 Previous.clear(); 6664 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6665 } 6666 6667 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6668 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6669 6670 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6671 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6672 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6673 6674 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6675 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6676 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6677 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6678 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6679 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6680 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6681 6682 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6683 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6684 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6685 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6686 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6687 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6688 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6689 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6690 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6691 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6692 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6693 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6694 } else 6695 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6696 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6697 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6698 } 6699 return nullptr; 6700 } 6701 6702 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 6703 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6704 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6705 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6706 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6707 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6708 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6709 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6710 D.setInvalidType(); 6711 break; 6712 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6713 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6714 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6715 return SC_None; 6716 return SC_Extern; 6717 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6718 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6719 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6720 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6721 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6722 // other than extern 6723 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6724 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6725 diag::err_static_block_func); 6726 break; 6727 } else 6728 return SC_Static; 6729 } 6730 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6731 } 6732 6733 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6734 return SC_None; 6735 } 6736 6737 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6738 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6739 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6740 StorageClass SC, 6741 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6742 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6743 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6744 6745 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6746 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6747 6748 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6749 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6750 // prototype. This true when: 6751 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6752 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6753 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6754 bool HasPrototype = 6755 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6756 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6757 6758 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6759 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6760 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6761 HasPrototype, false); 6762 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6763 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6764 6765 return NewFD; 6766 } 6767 6768 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6769 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6770 6771 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6772 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6773 // the class has been completely parsed. 6774 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6775 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6776 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6777 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6778 D.setInvalidType(); 6779 6780 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6781 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6782 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6783 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6784 6785 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6786 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6787 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6788 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6789 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6790 isConstexpr); 6791 6792 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6793 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6794 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6795 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6796 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6797 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6798 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6799 D.getLocStart(), 6800 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6801 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6802 6803 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6804 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6805 // it yet. 6806 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6807 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6808 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6809 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6810 } 6811 6812 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6813 return NewDD; 6814 6815 } else { 6816 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6817 D.setInvalidType(); 6818 6819 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6820 // code path. 6821 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6822 D.getLocStart(), 6823 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6824 SC, isInline, 6825 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6826 } 6827 6828 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6829 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6830 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6831 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6832 return nullptr; 6833 } 6834 6835 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6836 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6837 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6838 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6839 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6840 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6841 6842 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6843 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6844 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6845 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6846 // constructor if it has no return type). 6847 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6848 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6849 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6850 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6851 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6852 return nullptr; 6853 } 6854 6855 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6856 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6857 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6858 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6859 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6860 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6861 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6862 return Ret; 6863 } else { 6864 bool isFriend = 6865 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6866 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 6867 return nullptr; 6868 6869 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6870 // prototype. This true when: 6871 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6872 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6873 D.getLocStart(), 6874 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6875 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6876 } 6877 } 6878 6879 enum OpenCLParamType { 6880 ValidKernelParam, 6881 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6882 PtrKernelParam, 6883 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 6884 InvalidKernelParam, 6885 RecordKernelParam 6886 }; 6887 6888 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6889 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6890 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6891 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 6892 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 6893 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 6894 : PtrKernelParam; 6895 } 6896 6897 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6898 // be used as builtin types. 6899 6900 if (PT->isImageType()) 6901 return PtrKernelParam; 6902 6903 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6904 return InvalidKernelParam; 6905 6906 if (PT->isEventT()) 6907 return InvalidKernelParam; 6908 6909 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6910 return InvalidKernelParam; 6911 6912 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6913 return RecordKernelParam; 6914 6915 return ValidKernelParam; 6916 } 6917 6918 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6919 Sema &S, 6920 Declarator &D, 6921 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6922 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 6923 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6924 6925 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6926 // used again 6927 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6928 return; 6929 6930 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6931 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6932 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6933 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6934 // pointer to a pointer type. 6935 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6936 D.setInvalidType(); 6937 return; 6938 6939 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 6940 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6941 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6942 // pointer to the private address space. 6943 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 6944 D.setInvalidType(); 6945 return; 6946 6947 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6948 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6949 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6950 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6951 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6952 6953 case InvalidKernelParam: 6954 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6955 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6956 // of event_t type. 6957 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6958 D.setInvalidType(); 6959 return; 6960 6961 case PtrKernelParam: 6962 case ValidKernelParam: 6963 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6964 return; 6965 6966 case RecordKernelParam: 6967 break; 6968 } 6969 6970 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6971 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6972 6973 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6974 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6975 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6976 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 6977 6978 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6979 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6980 6981 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6982 6983 do { 6984 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6985 if (!Next) { 6986 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6987 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6988 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6989 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6990 6991 continue; 6992 } 6993 6994 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6995 // field itself) to the history stack. 6996 const RecordDecl *RD; 6997 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6998 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6999 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7000 } else { 7001 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7002 } 7003 7004 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7005 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7006 7007 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7008 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7009 7010 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7011 continue; 7012 7013 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7014 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7015 continue; 7016 7017 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7018 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7019 continue; 7020 } 7021 7022 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7023 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7024 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7025 // union. 7026 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7027 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7028 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7029 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7030 << PT->isUnionType() 7031 << PT; 7032 } else { 7033 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7034 } 7035 7036 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7037 << PD->getDeclName(); 7038 7039 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7040 // the offending field came from 7041 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7042 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7043 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7044 I != E; ++I) { 7045 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7046 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7047 << OuterField->getType(); 7048 } 7049 7050 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7051 << QT->isPointerType() 7052 << QT; 7053 D.setInvalidType(); 7054 return; 7055 } 7056 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7057 } 7058 7059 NamedDecl* 7060 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7061 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7062 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7063 bool &AddToScope) { 7064 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7065 7066 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7067 7068 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7069 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7070 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7071 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7072 7073 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7074 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7075 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7076 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7077 7078 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7079 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 7080 7081 bool isFriend = false; 7082 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7083 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7084 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7085 7086 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7087 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7088 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7089 7090 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7091 7092 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7093 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7094 7095 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7096 isVirtualOkay); 7097 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7098 7099 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7100 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7101 7102 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7103 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7104 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7105 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7106 7107 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7108 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7109 7110 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7111 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7112 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7113 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7114 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7115 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7116 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7117 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7118 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7119 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7120 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7121 } 7122 7123 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7124 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7125 // return true). 7126 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7127 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7128 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7129 NewFD->setPure(true); 7130 } 7131 7132 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7133 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7134 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7135 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7136 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7137 7138 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7139 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7140 bool Invalid = false; 7141 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7142 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7143 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7144 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7145 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7146 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7147 : nullptr, 7148 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7149 Invalid)) { 7150 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7151 // This is a function template 7152 7153 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7154 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7155 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7156 7157 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7158 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7159 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7160 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7161 } 7162 7163 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7164 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7165 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7166 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7167 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7168 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7169 Invalid = true; 7170 } 7171 7172 7173 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7174 NewFD->getLocation(), 7175 Name, TemplateParams, 7176 NewFD); 7177 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7178 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7179 7180 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7181 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7182 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7183 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 7184 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7185 } 7186 } else { 7187 // This is a function template specialization. 7188 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7189 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7190 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7191 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7192 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7193 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7194 7195 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7196 if (isFriend) { 7197 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7198 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7199 7200 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7201 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7202 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7203 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7204 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7205 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7206 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7207 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7208 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7209 } 7210 7211 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7212 << Name << RemoveRange 7213 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7214 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7215 } 7216 } 7217 } 7218 else { 7219 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7220 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7221 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7222 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7223 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7224 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7225 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7226 } 7227 7228 if (Invalid) { 7229 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7230 if (FunctionTemplate) 7231 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7232 } 7233 7234 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7235 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7236 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7237 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7238 // 7239 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7240 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7241 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7242 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7243 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7244 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7245 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7246 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7247 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7248 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7249 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7250 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7251 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7252 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7253 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7254 } else { 7255 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7256 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7257 } 7258 7259 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7260 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7261 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7262 } 7263 7264 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7265 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7266 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7267 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7268 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7269 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7270 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7271 // thing to do. 7272 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7273 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7274 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7275 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7276 QualType Result = 7277 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7278 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7279 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7280 } 7281 7282 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7283 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7284 // declaration. 7285 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7286 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7287 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7288 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7289 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7290 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7291 } 7292 } 7293 7294 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7295 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7296 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7297 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7298 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7299 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7300 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7301 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7302 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7303 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7304 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7305 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7306 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7307 // or conversion function. 7308 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7309 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7310 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7311 } 7312 } 7313 7314 if (isConstexpr) { 7315 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7316 // are implicitly inline. 7317 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7318 7319 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7320 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7321 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7322 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7323 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7324 } 7325 7326 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7327 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7328 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7329 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7330 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7331 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7332 << 0 7333 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7334 } else { 7335 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7336 if (FunctionTemplate) 7337 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7338 } 7339 } 7340 7341 if (isFriend) { 7342 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7343 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7344 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7345 } 7346 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7347 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7348 } 7349 7350 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7351 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7352 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7353 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7354 case FDK_Declaration: 7355 case FDK_Definition: 7356 break; 7357 7358 case FDK_Defaulted: 7359 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7360 break; 7361 7362 case FDK_Deleted: 7363 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7364 break; 7365 } 7366 7367 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7368 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7369 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7370 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7371 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7372 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7373 } 7374 7375 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7376 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7377 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7378 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7379 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7380 // the class. 7381 7382 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7383 // member function definition. 7384 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7385 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7386 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7387 } 7388 7389 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7390 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7391 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7392 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7393 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7394 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7395 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7396 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7397 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7398 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7399 } 7400 7401 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7402 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7403 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7404 isExplicitSpecialization || 7405 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7406 7407 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7408 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7409 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7410 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7411 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7412 SE->getString(), 0)); 7413 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7414 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7415 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7416 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7417 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7418 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7419 } 7420 } 7421 7422 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7423 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7424 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7425 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7426 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7427 7428 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7429 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7430 // single void argument. 7431 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7432 // already checks for that case. 7433 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7434 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7435 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7436 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7437 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7438 Params.push_back(Param); 7439 7440 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7441 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7442 } 7443 } 7444 7445 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7446 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7447 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7448 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7449 // 7450 // @code 7451 // typedef void fn(int); 7452 // fn f; 7453 // @endcode 7454 7455 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7456 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7457 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7458 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7459 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7460 Params.push_back(Param); 7461 } 7462 } else { 7463 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7464 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7465 } 7466 7467 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7468 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7469 7470 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7471 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7472 // 7473 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7474 // 7475 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7476 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7477 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7478 7479 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7480 NewFD->addAttr( 7481 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7482 Context, 0)); 7483 7484 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7485 // because all functions have linkage. 7486 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7487 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7488 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7489 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7490 } 7491 7492 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7493 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7494 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7495 NewFD->addAttr( 7496 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7497 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7498 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7499 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7500 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7501 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7502 NewFD)) 7503 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7504 } 7505 7506 // Handle attributes. 7507 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7508 7509 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7510 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7511 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7512 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 7513 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7514 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7515 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7516 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7517 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7518 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7519 } 7520 } 7521 7522 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7523 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7524 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7525 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7526 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7527 7528 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7529 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7530 7531 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7532 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7533 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7534 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7535 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7536 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7537 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7538 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7539 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7540 7541 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7542 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7543 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7544 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7545 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7546 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7547 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7548 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7549 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7550 int DiagID = 7551 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7552 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7553 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7554 } 7555 } 7556 } else { 7557 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7558 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7559 // 7560 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7561 // 7562 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7563 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7564 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7565 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7566 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7567 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7568 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7569 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7570 7571 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7572 // argument list into our AST format. 7573 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7574 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7575 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7576 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7577 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7578 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7579 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7580 TemplateArgs); 7581 7582 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7583 7584 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7585 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7586 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7587 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7588 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7589 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7590 7591 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7592 } else { 7593 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7594 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7595 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7596 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7597 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7598 } 7599 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7600 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7601 // wrote something like: 7602 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7603 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7604 // friend void foo<>(int); 7605 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7606 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7607 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7608 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7609 } 7610 7611 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7612 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7613 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7614 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7615 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7616 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7617 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7618 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7619 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7620 InstantiationDependent))) { 7621 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7622 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7623 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7624 Previous)) 7625 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7626 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7627 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7628 && !isFriend) { 7629 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7630 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7631 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7632 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7633 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7634 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7635 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7636 : nullptr), 7637 Previous)) 7638 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7639 7640 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7641 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7642 // specialization (14.7.3) 7643 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7644 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7645 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7646 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7647 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7648 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7649 << SC 7650 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7651 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7652 7653 else 7654 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7655 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7656 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7657 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7658 } 7659 7660 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7661 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7662 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7663 } 7664 7665 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7666 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7667 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7668 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7669 7670 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7671 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7672 7673 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7674 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7675 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7676 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7677 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7678 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7679 } 7680 7681 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7682 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7683 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7684 7685 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7686 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7687 : NewFD); 7688 7689 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7690 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7691 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7692 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7693 7694 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7695 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7696 } 7697 7698 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7699 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7700 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7701 7702 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7703 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7704 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7705 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7706 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7707 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7708 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7709 : nullptr, 7710 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7711 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7712 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7713 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7714 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7715 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7716 DC->isDependentContext()) 7717 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7718 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7719 } 7720 7721 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7722 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7723 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7724 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7725 AddToScope }; 7726 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7727 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7728 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7729 7730 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7731 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7732 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7733 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7734 7735 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7736 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7737 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7738 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7739 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7740 // can actually do this check immediately. 7741 if (isFriend && 7742 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7743 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7744 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7745 // ignore these 7746 } else { 7747 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7748 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7749 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7750 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7751 // 7752 // class X { 7753 // void f() const; 7754 // }; 7755 // 7756 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7757 // 7758 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7759 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7760 // whether the parameter types are references). 7761 7762 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7763 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7764 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7765 return Result; 7766 } 7767 } 7768 7769 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7770 // to something. 7771 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7772 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7773 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7774 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7775 return Result; 7776 } 7777 } 7778 7779 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7780 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7781 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7782 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7783 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7784 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7785 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7786 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7787 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7788 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7789 // generate them. 7790 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7791 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7792 } 7793 } 7794 7795 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7796 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7797 7798 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7799 7800 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7801 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7802 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7803 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7804 << NewFD; 7805 7806 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7807 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7808 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7809 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7810 EPI.Variadic = true; 7811 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7812 7813 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7814 NewFD->setType(R); 7815 } 7816 7817 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7818 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7819 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7820 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7821 7822 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7823 // marking the function. 7824 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7825 7826 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 7827 // a pragma. 7828 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 7829 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 7830 7831 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7832 // the map of such variables. 7833 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7834 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7835 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7836 7837 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7838 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7839 7840 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7841 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7842 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7843 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7844 } 7845 7846 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7847 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7848 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7849 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7850 return FunctionTemplate; 7851 } 7852 } 7853 7854 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7855 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7856 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7857 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7858 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7859 D.setInvalidType(); 7860 } 7861 7862 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7863 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7864 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7865 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 7866 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 7867 : FixItHint()); 7868 D.setInvalidType(); 7869 } 7870 7871 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7872 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 7873 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7874 } 7875 7876 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7877 7878 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7879 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7880 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7881 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7882 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7883 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 7884 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7885 7886 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7887 } 7888 } 7889 7890 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7891 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7892 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7893 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7894 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7895 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7896 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7897 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7898 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7899 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7900 AddToScope = false; 7901 } 7902 7903 return NewFD; 7904 } 7905 7906 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7907 /// 7908 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7909 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7910 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7911 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7912 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7913 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7914 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7915 /// 7916 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7917 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7918 /// 7919 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7920 /// 7921 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7922 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7923 LookupResult &Previous, 7924 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7925 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 7926 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7927 7928 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 7929 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 7930 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 7931 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7932 !Previous.isShadowed(); 7933 7934 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7935 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7936 7937 bool Redeclaration = false; 7938 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 7939 7940 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7941 // the same name, if appropriate. 7942 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7943 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7944 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7945 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7946 // function to the scope. 7947 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7948 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7949 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7950 Redeclaration = true; 7951 OldDecl = Candidate; 7952 } 7953 } else { 7954 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7955 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7956 case Ovl_Match: 7957 Redeclaration = true; 7958 break; 7959 7960 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7961 Redeclaration = true; 7962 break; 7963 7964 case Ovl_Overload: 7965 Redeclaration = false; 7966 break; 7967 } 7968 7969 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7970 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7971 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7972 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7973 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7974 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 7975 if (Redeclaration) 7976 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7977 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7978 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7979 if (OverloadedDecl) 7980 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7981 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7982 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7983 } 7984 } 7985 } 7986 7987 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7988 if (!Redeclaration && 7989 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7990 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7991 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7992 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7993 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7994 Redeclaration = true; 7995 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7996 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 7997 7998 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7999 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8000 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8001 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8002 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8003 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8004 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8005 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8006 } 8007 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8008 Redeclaration = false; 8009 OldDecl = nullptr; 8010 } 8011 } 8012 } 8013 } 8014 8015 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8016 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8017 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8018 // 8019 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8020 // definition of a static member function. 8021 // 8022 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8023 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8024 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8025 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8026 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8027 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8028 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8029 if (OldDecl) 8030 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8031 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8032 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8033 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8034 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8035 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8036 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8037 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8038 8039 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8040 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8041 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8042 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8043 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8044 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8045 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8046 8047 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8048 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8049 } 8050 } 8051 } 8052 8053 if (Redeclaration) { 8054 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8055 // merged. 8056 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8057 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8058 return Redeclaration; 8059 } 8060 8061 Previous.clear(); 8062 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8063 8064 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8065 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8066 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8067 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8068 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8069 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8070 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8071 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8072 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8073 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8074 } 8075 8076 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8077 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8078 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8079 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8080 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8081 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8082 } 8083 8084 } else { 8085 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8086 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8087 8088 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8089 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8090 } 8091 } 8092 8093 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8094 8095 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8096 // C++-specific checks. 8097 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8098 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8099 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8100 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8101 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8102 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8103 8104 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8105 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8106 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8107 DeclarationName Name 8108 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8109 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8110 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8111 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8112 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8113 return Redeclaration; 8114 } 8115 } 8116 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8117 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8118 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8119 } 8120 8121 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8122 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8123 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8124 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8125 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8126 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8127 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8128 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8129 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8130 } 8131 } 8132 } 8133 8134 if (Method->isStatic()) 8135 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8136 } 8137 8138 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8139 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8140 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8141 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8142 return Redeclaration; 8143 } 8144 8145 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8146 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8147 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8148 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8149 return Redeclaration; 8150 } 8151 8152 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8153 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8154 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8155 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8156 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8157 8158 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8159 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8160 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8161 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8162 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8163 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8164 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8165 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8166 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8167 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8168 } 8169 } 8170 8171 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8172 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8173 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8174 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8175 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8176 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8177 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8178 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8179 << NewFD << R; 8180 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8181 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8182 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8183 } 8184 } 8185 return Redeclaration; 8186 } 8187 8188 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8189 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8190 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8191 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8192 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8193 // appear in a declaration of main. 8194 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8195 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8196 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8197 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8198 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8199 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8200 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8201 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8202 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8203 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8204 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8205 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8206 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8207 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8208 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8209 } 8210 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8211 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8212 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8213 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8214 } 8215 8216 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8217 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8218 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8219 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8220 return; 8221 } 8222 8223 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8224 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8225 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8226 8227 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8228 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8229 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8230 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8231 8232 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8233 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8234 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8235 else { 8236 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8237 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8238 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8239 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8240 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8241 } 8242 } else { 8243 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8244 // set the flag which tells us that. 8245 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8246 8247 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8248 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8249 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8250 else { 8251 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8252 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8253 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8254 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8255 : FixItHint()); 8256 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8257 } 8258 } 8259 8260 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8261 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8262 8263 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8264 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8265 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8266 8267 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8268 8269 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8270 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8271 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8272 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8273 } 8274 8275 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8276 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8277 // getting shifty. 8278 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8279 HasExtraParameters = false; 8280 8281 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8282 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8283 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8284 nparams = 3; 8285 } 8286 8287 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8288 // if we had some location information about types. 8289 8290 QualType CharPP = 8291 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8292 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8293 8294 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8295 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8296 8297 bool mismatch = true; 8298 8299 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8300 mismatch = false; 8301 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8302 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8303 // char const ** 8304 // char const * const * 8305 // char * const * 8306 8307 QualifierCollector qs; 8308 const PointerType* PT; 8309 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8310 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8311 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8312 Context.CharTy)) { 8313 qs.removeConst(); 8314 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8315 } 8316 } 8317 8318 if (mismatch) { 8319 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8320 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8321 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8322 } 8323 } 8324 8325 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8326 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8327 } 8328 8329 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8330 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8331 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8332 } 8333 } 8334 8335 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8336 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8337 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8338 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8339 8340 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8341 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8342 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8343 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8344 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8345 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8346 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8347 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8348 8349 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8350 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8351 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8352 } 8353 } 8354 8355 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8356 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8357 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8358 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8359 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8360 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8361 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8362 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8363 // rules there don't matter.) 8364 const Expr *Culprit; 8365 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8366 return false; 8367 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8368 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8369 return true; 8370 } 8371 8372 namespace { 8373 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8374 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8375 class SelfReferenceChecker 8376 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8377 Sema &S; 8378 Decl *OrigDecl; 8379 bool isRecordType; 8380 bool isPODType; 8381 bool isReferenceType; 8382 8383 bool isInitList; 8384 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8385 public: 8386 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8387 8388 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8389 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8390 isPODType = false; 8391 isRecordType = false; 8392 isReferenceType = false; 8393 isInitList = false; 8394 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8395 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8396 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8397 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8398 } 8399 } 8400 8401 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8402 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8403 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8404 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8405 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8406 if (!InitList) { 8407 Visit(E); 8408 return; 8409 } 8410 8411 // Track and increment the index here. 8412 isInitList = true; 8413 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8414 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8415 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8416 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8417 } 8418 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8419 } 8420 8421 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8422 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8423 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8424 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8425 Expr *Base = E; 8426 bool ReferenceField = false; 8427 8428 // Get the field memebers used. 8429 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8430 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8431 if (!FD) 8432 return false; 8433 Fields.push_back(FD); 8434 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8435 ReferenceField = true; 8436 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8437 } 8438 8439 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8440 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8441 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8442 return false; 8443 8444 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8445 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8446 return true; 8447 8448 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8449 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8450 for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) { 8451 UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex()); 8452 } 8453 8454 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8455 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8456 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8457 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8458 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8459 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8460 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8461 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8462 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8463 return true; 8464 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8465 break; 8466 } 8467 8468 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8469 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8470 return true; 8471 } 8472 8473 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8474 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8475 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8476 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8477 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8478 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8479 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8480 return; 8481 } 8482 8483 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8484 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8485 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8486 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8487 return; 8488 } 8489 8490 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8491 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8492 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8493 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8494 return; 8495 } 8496 8497 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8498 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8499 return; 8500 } 8501 8502 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8503 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8504 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8505 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8506 return; 8507 } 8508 } 8509 8510 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8511 if (isInitList) { 8512 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8513 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8514 return; 8515 } 8516 8517 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8518 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8519 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8520 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8521 return; 8522 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8523 } 8524 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8525 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8526 return; 8527 } 8528 8529 Visit(E); 8530 } 8531 8532 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8533 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8534 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8535 if (isReferenceType) 8536 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8537 } 8538 8539 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8540 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8541 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8542 return; 8543 } 8544 8545 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8546 } 8547 8548 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8549 if (isInitList) { 8550 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8551 return; 8552 } 8553 8554 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8555 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8556 8557 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8558 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8559 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8560 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8561 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8562 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8563 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8564 Warn = false; 8565 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8566 } 8567 8568 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8569 if (Warn) 8570 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8571 return; 8572 } 8573 8574 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8575 // Visit that expression. 8576 Visit(Base); 8577 } 8578 8579 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8580 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8581 8582 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8583 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8584 8585 Visit(Callee); 8586 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8587 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8588 } 8589 8590 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8591 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8592 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8593 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8594 if (!isPODType) 8595 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8596 return; 8597 } 8598 8599 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8600 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8601 return; 8602 } 8603 8604 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8605 } 8606 8607 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8608 8609 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8610 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8611 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8612 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8613 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8614 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8615 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8616 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8617 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8618 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8619 return; 8620 } 8621 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8622 } 8623 8624 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8625 // Treat std::move as a use. 8626 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8627 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8628 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 8629 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8630 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8631 return; 8632 } 8633 } 8634 } 8635 8636 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8637 } 8638 8639 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8640 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8641 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8642 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8643 return; 8644 } 8645 8646 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8647 } 8648 8649 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8650 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8651 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8652 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8653 Visit(E->getCond()); 8654 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8655 } 8656 8657 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8658 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8659 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8660 unsigned diag; 8661 if (isReferenceType) { 8662 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8663 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8664 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8665 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8666 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8667 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 8668 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8669 } else { 8670 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 8671 return; 8672 } 8673 8674 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8675 S.PDiag(diag) 8676 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8677 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8678 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8679 } 8680 }; 8681 8682 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8683 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8684 bool DirectInit) { 8685 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8686 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8687 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8688 return; 8689 8690 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8691 8692 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8693 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8694 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8695 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8696 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8697 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8698 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8699 return; 8700 8701 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 8702 } 8703 } 8704 8705 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8706 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8707 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8708 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8709 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8710 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8711 // the initializer. 8712 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8713 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init); 8714 return; 8715 } 8716 8717 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8718 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 8719 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 8720 // Thus this grotesque test. 8721 IntegerLiteral *IL; 8722 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 8723 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 8724 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 8725 else { 8726 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8727 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8728 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8729 } 8730 return; 8731 } 8732 8733 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8734 if (!VDecl) { 8735 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8736 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8737 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8738 return; 8739 } 8740 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8741 8742 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8743 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8744 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 8745 // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a 8746 // TypoExpr. 8747 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init); 8748 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 8749 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8750 return; 8751 } 8752 if (Res.get() != Init) { 8753 Init = Res.get(); 8754 if (CXXDirectInit) 8755 CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8756 } 8757 8758 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8759 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8760 // contains exactly one expression. 8761 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8762 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8763 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8764 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8765 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8766 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8767 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8768 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8769 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8770 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8771 return; 8772 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8773 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8774 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8775 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8776 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8777 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8778 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8779 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8780 return; 8781 } else { 8782 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8783 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8784 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8785 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8786 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8787 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8788 } 8789 } 8790 8791 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8792 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8793 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8794 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8795 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8796 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8797 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8798 return; 8799 } 8800 Init = Result.get(); 8801 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8802 } 8803 8804 QualType DeducedType; 8805 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8806 DAR_Failed) 8807 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8808 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8809 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8810 return; 8811 } 8812 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8813 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8814 8815 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8816 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8817 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8818 8819 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8820 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8821 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8822 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8823 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8824 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8825 SourceLocation Loc = 8826 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8827 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8828 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8829 } 8830 8831 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8832 // the previously declared type. 8833 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8834 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8835 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8836 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8837 } 8838 8839 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8840 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8841 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8842 return; 8843 8844 // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when 8845 // we implement N3922. 8846 if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 8847 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), 8848 diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init) 8849 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "="); 8850 } 8851 } 8852 8853 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8854 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8855 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8856 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8857 return; 8858 } 8859 8860 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8861 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8862 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8863 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8864 return; 8865 } 8866 8867 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8868 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8869 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8870 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8871 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8872 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8873 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8874 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8875 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8876 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8877 return; 8878 } 8879 8880 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8881 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8882 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8883 AbstractVariableType)) 8884 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8885 } 8886 8887 const VarDecl *Def; 8888 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8889 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8890 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8891 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8892 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8893 return; 8894 } 8895 8896 const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr; 8897 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8898 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 8899 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 8900 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8901 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 8902 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 8903 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 8904 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 8905 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 8906 // 8907 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 8908 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 8909 // declaration with an initializer. 8910 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 8911 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 8912 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8913 Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 8914 return; 8915 } 8916 8917 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8918 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8919 8920 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8921 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8922 return; 8923 } 8924 } 8925 8926 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8927 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8928 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8929 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8930 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8931 return; 8932 } 8933 8934 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8935 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8936 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8937 8938 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8939 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8940 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8941 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8942 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8943 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8944 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8945 return; 8946 } 8947 Init = Result.get(); 8948 } 8949 8950 // Perform the initialization. 8951 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8952 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8953 InitializationKind Kind 8954 = DirectInit ? 8955 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8956 Init->getLocStart(), 8957 Init->getLocEnd()) 8958 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8959 VDecl->getLocation()) 8960 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8961 Init->getLocStart()); 8962 8963 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8964 if (CXXDirectInit) 8965 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8966 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8967 8968 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 8969 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 8970 ExprResult Res = 8971 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Args[Idx], [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 8972 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 8973 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 8974 }); 8975 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 8976 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8977 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 8978 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 8979 } 8980 } 8981 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8982 return; 8983 8984 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8985 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8986 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8987 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8988 return; 8989 } 8990 8991 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 8992 } 8993 8994 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8995 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8996 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8997 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8998 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8999 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9000 } 9001 9002 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9003 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9004 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9005 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9006 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9007 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9008 9009 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9010 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9011 9012 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9013 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9014 9015 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9016 // Although this code can still have problems: 9017 // id x = self.weakProp; 9018 // id y = self.weakProp; 9019 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9020 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9021 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9022 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9023 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9024 Init->getLocStart())) 9025 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9026 } 9027 9028 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9029 // 9030 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9031 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9032 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9033 // 9034 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9035 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9036 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9037 // 9038 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9039 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9040 false, 9041 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9042 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9043 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9044 return; 9045 } 9046 Init = Result.get(); 9047 9048 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9049 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9050 9051 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9052 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9053 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9054 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9055 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9056 const Expr *Culprit; 9057 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9058 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9059 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9060 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9061 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9062 // constant expressions. 9063 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9064 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9065 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9066 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9067 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9068 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9069 } 9070 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9071 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9072 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9073 // 9074 // struct S { 9075 // static const int value = 17; 9076 // }; 9077 9078 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9079 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9080 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9081 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9082 // 9083 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9084 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9085 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9086 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9087 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9088 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9089 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9090 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9091 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9092 9093 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9094 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9095 9096 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9097 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9098 // type. 9099 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9100 9101 // Require constness. 9102 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9103 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9104 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9105 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9106 9107 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9108 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9109 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9110 SourceLocation Loc; 9111 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9112 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9113 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9114 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9115 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9116 ; // Nothing to check. 9117 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9118 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9119 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9120 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9121 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9122 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9123 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9124 } else { 9125 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9126 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9127 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9128 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9129 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9130 } 9131 9132 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9133 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9134 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9135 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9136 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9137 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9138 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9139 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9140 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9141 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9142 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9143 } else { 9144 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9145 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9146 9147 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9148 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9149 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9150 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9151 } 9152 } 9153 9154 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9155 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9156 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9157 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9158 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9159 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9160 9161 } else { 9162 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9163 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9164 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9165 } 9166 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9167 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9168 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9169 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9170 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9171 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9172 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9173 9174 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9175 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9176 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9177 } 9178 9179 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9180 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9181 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9182 // 9183 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9184 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9185 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9186 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9187 // special case code. 9188 9189 // C++ 8.5p11: 9190 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9191 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9192 // class type. 9193 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9194 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9195 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9196 } else if (DirectInit) { 9197 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9198 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9199 } 9200 9201 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9202 } 9203 9204 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9205 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9206 /// of sanity. 9207 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9208 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9209 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9210 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9211 9212 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9213 if (!VD) return; 9214 9215 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9216 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9217 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9218 return; 9219 } 9220 9221 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9222 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9223 9224 // Require a complete type. 9225 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9226 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9227 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9228 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9229 return; 9230 } 9231 9232 // Require a non-abstract type. 9233 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9234 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9235 AbstractVariableType)) { 9236 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9237 return; 9238 } 9239 9240 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9241 // though. 9242 } 9243 9244 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9245 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9246 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9247 if (!RealDecl) 9248 return; 9249 9250 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9251 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9252 9253 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9254 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9255 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9256 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9257 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9258 return; 9259 } 9260 9261 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9262 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9263 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9264 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9265 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9266 // member. 9267 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9268 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9269 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9270 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9271 << Var->getDeclName(); 9272 else 9273 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9274 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9275 return; 9276 } 9277 9278 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9279 // be initialized. 9280 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9281 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9282 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9283 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9284 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9285 return; 9286 } 9287 9288 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9289 case VarDecl::Definition: 9290 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9291 break; 9292 9293 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9294 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9295 // a declaration. 9296 // 9297 // Fall through 9298 9299 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9300 // It's only a declaration. 9301 9302 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9303 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9304 // object shall be complete. 9305 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9306 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9307 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9308 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9309 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9310 9311 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9312 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9313 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9314 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9315 AbstractVariableType)) 9316 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9317 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9318 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9319 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9320 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9321 } 9322 9323 return; 9324 9325 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9326 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9327 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9328 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9329 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9330 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9331 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9332 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9333 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9334 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9335 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9336 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9337 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9338 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9339 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9340 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9341 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9342 // NOTE: code such as the following 9343 // static struct s; 9344 // struct s { int a; }; 9345 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9346 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9347 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9348 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9349 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9350 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9351 } 9352 } 9353 9354 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9355 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9356 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9357 return; 9358 } 9359 9360 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9361 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9362 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9363 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9364 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9365 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9366 return; 9367 } 9368 9369 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9370 // definitions with reference type. 9371 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9372 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9373 << Var->getDeclName() 9374 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9375 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9376 return; 9377 } 9378 9379 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9380 // variable with dependent type. 9381 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9382 return; 9383 9384 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9385 return; 9386 9387 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9388 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9389 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9390 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9391 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9392 return; 9393 } 9394 } else { 9395 return; 9396 } 9397 9398 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9399 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9400 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9401 AbstractVariableType)) { 9402 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9403 return; 9404 } 9405 9406 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9407 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9408 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9409 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9410 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9411 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9412 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9413 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9414 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9415 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9416 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9417 if (const RecordType *Record 9418 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9419 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9420 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9421 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9422 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9423 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9424 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9425 } 9426 } 9427 9428 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9429 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9430 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9431 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9432 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9433 // type shall have a user-declared default 9434 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9435 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9436 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9437 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9438 // program is ill-formed. 9439 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9440 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9441 // default-initialized; [...]. 9442 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9443 InitializationKind Kind 9444 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9445 9446 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9447 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9448 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9449 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9450 else if (Init.get()) { 9451 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9452 // This is important for template substitution. 9453 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9454 } 9455 9456 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9457 } 9458 } 9459 9460 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9461 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9462 if (!VD) { 9463 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9464 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9465 return; 9466 } 9467 9468 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9469 9470 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9471 int Error = -1; 9472 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9473 case SC_None: 9474 break; 9475 case SC_Extern: 9476 Error = 0; 9477 break; 9478 case SC_Static: 9479 Error = 1; 9480 break; 9481 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9482 Error = 2; 9483 break; 9484 case SC_Auto: 9485 Error = 3; 9486 break; 9487 case SC_Register: 9488 Error = 4; 9489 break; 9490 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9491 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9492 } 9493 if (Error != -1) { 9494 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9495 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9496 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9497 } 9498 } 9499 9500 StmtResult 9501 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9502 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9503 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9504 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9505 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9506 // A range-based for statement of the form 9507 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9508 // is equivalent to 9509 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9510 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9511 9512 const char *PrevSpec; 9513 unsigned DiagID; 9514 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9515 getPrintingPolicy()); 9516 9517 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9518 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9519 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9520 9521 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9522 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9523 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9524 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9525 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9526 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9527 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9528 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9529 } 9530 9531 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9532 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9533 9534 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9535 // local retaining variable. 9536 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9537 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9538 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9539 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9540 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9541 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9542 break; 9543 9544 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9545 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9546 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9547 break; 9548 } 9549 } 9550 9551 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9552 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9553 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9554 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9555 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9556 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9557 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9558 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9559 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9560 var->getLocation())) { 9561 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9562 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9563 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9564 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9565 9566 if (!prev) 9567 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9568 } 9569 9570 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9571 const Expr *Culprit; 9572 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9573 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9574 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9575 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9576 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9577 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9578 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9579 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9580 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9581 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9582 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9583 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9584 // initialization. 9585 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9586 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9587 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9588 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9589 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9590 } 9591 9592 } 9593 9594 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 9595 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 9596 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9597 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9598 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9599 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9600 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9601 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9602 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9603 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9604 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9605 } else { 9606 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9607 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9608 } 9609 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 9610 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9611 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9612 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9613 } 9614 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9615 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9616 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9617 9618 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9619 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9620 // attribute. 9621 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9622 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9623 CurInitSegLoc)); 9624 } 9625 9626 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9627 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9628 9629 QualType type = var->getType(); 9630 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9631 9632 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9633 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9634 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9635 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9636 9637 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9638 // constructing this copy. 9639 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9640 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9641 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9642 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9643 ExprResult result 9644 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9645 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9646 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9647 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9648 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9649 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9650 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9651 } 9652 } 9653 } 9654 9655 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9656 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9657 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9658 9659 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9660 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9661 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9662 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9663 var->getLocation())) { 9664 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9665 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9666 // warned about them. 9667 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9668 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9669 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9670 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9671 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9672 } 9673 9674 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9675 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9676 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9677 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9678 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9679 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9680 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9681 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9682 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9683 Notes.clear(); 9684 } 9685 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9686 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9687 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9688 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9689 } 9690 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9691 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9692 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9693 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9694 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9695 } 9696 } 9697 9698 // Require the destructor. 9699 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9700 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9701 } 9702 9703 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9704 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9705 void 9706 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9707 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9708 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9709 9710 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9711 if (!VD) 9712 return; 9713 9714 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9715 9716 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9717 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9718 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9719 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9720 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9721 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9722 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9723 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9724 } 9725 } 9726 } 9727 9728 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 9729 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 9730 9731 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9732 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 9733 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9734 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9735 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9736 // with a warning. 9737 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9738 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9739 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9740 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9741 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9742 9743 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9744 IsClassTemplateMember 9745 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9746 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9747 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9748 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9749 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9750 } 9751 } 9752 9753 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 9754 // isn't exported with the variable. 9755 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 9756 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 9757 << DLLAttr; 9758 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9759 } 9760 9761 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9762 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9763 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9764 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9765 } 9766 } 9767 9768 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9769 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9770 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9771 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9772 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9773 9774 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9775 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9776 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9777 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9778 9779 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9780 // tag values. 9781 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9782 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9783 return; 9784 9785 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9786 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9787 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9788 continue; 9789 } 9790 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9791 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9792 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9793 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9794 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9795 continue; 9796 } 9797 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9798 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9799 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9800 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9801 continue; 9802 } 9803 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9804 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9805 MagicValue, 9806 I->getMatchingCType(), 9807 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9808 I->getMustBeNull()); 9809 } 9810 } 9811 9812 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9813 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9814 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 9815 9816 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 9817 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 9818 9819 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 9820 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9821 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 9822 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 9823 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 9824 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 9825 Decls.push_back(D); 9826 } 9827 9828 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 9829 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 9830 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 9831 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 9832 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 9833 } 9834 } 9835 9836 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9837 } 9838 9839 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9840 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9841 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9842 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 9843 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9844 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 9845 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 9846 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 9847 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 9848 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 9849 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 9850 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 9851 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 9852 QualType Deduced; 9853 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 9854 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 9855 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9856 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 9857 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 9858 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 9859 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 9860 break; 9861 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 9862 if (!U.isNull()) { 9863 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 9864 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 9865 Deduced = U; 9866 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 9867 DeducedDecl = D; 9868 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 9869 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9870 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 9871 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 9872 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 9873 << U << D->getDeclName() 9874 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 9875 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 9876 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9877 break; 9878 } 9879 } 9880 } 9881 } 9882 } 9883 9884 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 9885 9886 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 9887 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 9888 } 9889 9890 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 9891 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 9892 } 9893 9894 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9895 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 9896 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 9897 return; 9898 9899 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 9900 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 9901 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 9902 Group[0]->getLocation())) 9903 return; 9904 9905 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 9906 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 9907 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 9908 // additional declaration references: 9909 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 9910 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 9911 // 'struct S *pS;' 9912 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 9913 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 9914 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 9915 Group = Group.slice(1); 9916 } 9917 } 9918 9919 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 9920 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 9921 if (!Comments.empty() && 9922 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 9923 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 9924 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 9925 // 9926 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 9927 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 9928 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 9929 // ahead through comments. 9930 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9931 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 9932 } 9933 } 9934 9935 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 9936 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 9937 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 9938 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 9939 9940 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 9941 9942 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 9943 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 9944 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 9945 SC = SC_Register; 9946 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9947 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 9948 SC = SC_Auto; 9949 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 9950 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9951 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 9952 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 9953 } 9954 9955 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9956 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 9957 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9958 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 9959 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9960 << 0; 9961 9962 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 9963 9964 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9965 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 9966 9967 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9968 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 9969 // parameter. 9970 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9971 9972 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 9973 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9974 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 9975 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9976 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 9977 } 9978 } 9979 9980 // Ensure we have a valid name 9981 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 9982 if (D.hasName()) { 9983 II = D.getIdentifier(); 9984 if (!II) { 9985 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 9986 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 9987 D.setInvalidType(true); 9988 } 9989 } 9990 9991 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 9992 if (II) { 9993 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 9994 ForRedeclaration); 9995 LookupName(R, S); 9996 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 9997 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 9998 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9999 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10000 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10001 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10002 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10003 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10004 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10005 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10006 10007 // Recover by removing the name 10008 II = nullptr; 10009 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10010 D.setInvalidType(true); 10011 } 10012 } 10013 } 10014 10015 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10016 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10017 // looking like class members in C++. 10018 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10019 D.getLocStart(), 10020 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10021 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10022 SC); 10023 10024 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10025 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10026 10027 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10028 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10029 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10030 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10031 10032 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10033 S->AddDecl(New); 10034 if (II) 10035 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10036 10037 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10038 10039 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10040 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10041 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10042 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10043 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10044 10045 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10046 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10047 } 10048 return New; 10049 } 10050 10051 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10052 /// typedef. 10053 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10054 SourceLocation Loc, 10055 QualType T) { 10056 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10057 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10058 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10059 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10060 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10061 SC_None, nullptr); 10062 Param->setImplicit(); 10063 return Param; 10064 } 10065 10066 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10067 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10068 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10069 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10070 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10071 return; 10072 10073 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10074 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10075 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10076 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10077 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10078 } 10079 } 10080 } 10081 10082 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10083 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10084 QualType ReturnTy, 10085 NamedDecl *D) { 10086 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10087 return; 10088 10089 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10090 // threshold. 10091 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10092 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10093 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10094 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10095 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10096 } 10097 10098 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10099 // threshold. 10100 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10101 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10102 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10103 continue; 10104 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10105 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10106 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10107 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10108 } 10109 } 10110 10111 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10112 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10113 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10114 StorageClass SC) { 10115 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10116 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10117 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10118 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10119 10120 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10121 10122 // Special cases for arrays: 10123 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10124 // - otherwise, it's an error 10125 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10126 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10127 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10128 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10129 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10130 } 10131 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10132 } else { 10133 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10134 } 10135 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10136 } 10137 10138 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10139 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10140 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10141 10142 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10143 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10144 // the class has been completely parsed. 10145 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10146 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10147 AbstractParamType)) 10148 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10149 10150 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10151 // passed by reference. 10152 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10153 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10154 Diag(NameLoc, 10155 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10156 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10157 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10158 New->setType(T); 10159 } 10160 10161 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10162 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10163 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10164 // an address space. 10165 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10166 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10167 // to be qualified with an address space. 10168 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10169 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10170 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10171 } 10172 } 10173 10174 return New; 10175 } 10176 10177 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10178 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10179 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10180 10181 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10182 // for a K&R function. 10183 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10184 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10185 --i; 10186 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10187 SmallString<256> Code; 10188 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10189 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10190 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10191 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10192 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10193 10194 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10195 // type. 10196 AttributeFactory attrs; 10197 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10198 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10199 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10200 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10201 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10202 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10203 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10204 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10205 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10206 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10207 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10208 } 10209 } 10210 } 10211 } 10212 10213 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 10214 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10215 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10216 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10217 10218 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10219 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 10220 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 10221 } 10222 10223 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10224 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10225 } 10226 10227 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10228 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10229 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10230 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10231 return false; 10232 10233 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10234 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10235 return false; 10236 10237 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10238 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10239 return false; 10240 10241 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10242 if (FD->isMain()) 10243 return false; 10244 10245 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10246 if (FD->isInlined()) 10247 return false; 10248 10249 // Don't warn about function templates. 10250 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10251 return false; 10252 10253 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10254 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10255 return false; 10256 10257 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10258 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10259 return false; 10260 10261 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10262 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10263 return false; 10264 10265 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10266 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10267 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10268 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10269 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10270 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10271 continue; 10272 10273 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10274 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10275 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10276 break; 10277 } 10278 10279 return MissingPrototype; 10280 } 10281 10282 void 10283 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10284 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 10285 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10286 // was an extern inline function. 10287 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10288 if (!Definition) 10289 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10290 return; 10291 10292 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10293 return; 10294 10295 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10296 // a template, it's OK to form another definition of it. 10297 // 10298 // FIXME: Should we skip the body of the function and use the old definition 10299 // in this case? That may be necessary for functions that return local types 10300 // through a deduced return type, or instantiate templates with local types. 10301 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10302 (Definition->isInlineSpecified() || 10303 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10304 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) 10305 return; 10306 10307 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10308 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10309 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10310 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10311 else 10312 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10313 10314 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10315 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10316 } 10317 10318 10319 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10320 Sema &S) { 10321 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10322 10323 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10324 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10325 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10326 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10327 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10328 10329 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10330 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10331 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10332 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10333 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10334 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10335 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10336 10337 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10338 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10339 10340 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10341 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10342 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10343 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10344 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10345 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10346 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10347 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10348 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10349 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10350 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10351 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10352 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10353 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10354 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10355 10356 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10357 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10358 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10359 } else { 10360 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10361 } 10362 ++I; 10363 } 10364 } 10365 10366 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 10367 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10368 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10369 10370 if (!D) 10371 return D; 10372 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10373 10374 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10375 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10376 else 10377 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10378 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10379 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10380 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10381 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10382 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10383 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10384 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10385 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10386 // have the LSI properly restored. 10387 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10388 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10389 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10390 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10391 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10392 } 10393 else 10394 // Enter a new function scope 10395 PushFunctionScope(); 10396 10397 // See if this is a redefinition. 10398 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 10399 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 10400 10401 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10402 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10403 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10404 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10405 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10406 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10407 } 10408 } 10409 10410 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10411 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10412 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10413 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10414 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10415 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10416 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10417 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10418 10419 if (FnBodyScope) 10420 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10421 10422 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10423 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10424 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10425 10426 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10427 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10428 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10429 10430 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10431 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10432 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10433 10434 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10435 } 10436 } 10437 10438 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10439 // introduce them into the function scope. 10440 if (FnBodyScope) { 10441 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10442 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10443 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10444 I != E; ++I) { 10445 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10446 10447 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 10448 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 10449 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 10450 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10451 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10452 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10453 if (DI == D) { 10454 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10455 break; 10456 } 10457 } 10458 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10459 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10460 } 10461 10462 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10463 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10464 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10465 10466 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10467 // accessible in this scope. 10468 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10469 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10470 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10471 } 10472 } 10473 } 10474 10475 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10476 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10477 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10478 10479 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10480 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10481 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10482 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10483 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10484 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10485 return D; 10486 } 10487 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10488 // a function template). 10489 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10490 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10491 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10492 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10493 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10494 10495 return D; 10496 } 10497 10498 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10499 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10500 /// optimization. 10501 /// 10502 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10503 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10504 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10505 /// use the named return value optimization. 10506 /// 10507 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10508 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10509 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10510 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10511 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10512 10513 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10514 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10515 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10516 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10517 } 10518 } 10519 } 10520 10521 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10522 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10523 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10524 return false; 10525 10526 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10527 // return type (yet). 10528 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10529 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10530 // we can still delay parsing it. 10531 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10532 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10533 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10534 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10535 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10536 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10537 } 10538 } 10539 return false; 10540 } 10541 10542 return true; 10543 } 10544 10545 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10546 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10547 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10548 // rest of the file. 10549 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10550 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10551 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10552 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10553 return false; 10554 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10555 } 10556 10557 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10558 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10559 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10560 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10561 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10562 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10563 } 10564 10565 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10566 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10567 } 10568 10569 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10570 bool IsInstantiation) { 10571 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10572 10573 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10574 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10575 10576 if (FD) { 10577 FD->setBody(Body); 10578 10579 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10580 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10581 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10582 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10583 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10584 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10585 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10586 << FD->getReturnType(); 10587 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10588 } else { 10589 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10590 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 10591 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10592 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10593 } 10594 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 10595 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 10596 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 10597 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 10598 10599 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 10600 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 10601 // [the deduced type is] the type void 10602 QualType RetType = 10603 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 10604 10605 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 10606 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 10607 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10608 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 10609 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 10610 } 10611 } 10612 10613 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10614 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10615 // is the first declaration. 10616 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10617 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10618 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10619 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10620 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 10621 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10622 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10623 } 10624 10625 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10626 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10627 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10628 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10629 10630 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10631 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10632 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10633 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10634 10635 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10636 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10637 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 10638 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10639 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10640 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10641 10642 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 10643 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10644 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10645 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 10646 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 10647 10648 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10649 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10650 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10651 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10652 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10653 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10654 } 10655 10656 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 10657 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 10658 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 10659 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 10660 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 10661 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 10662 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 10663 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 10664 10665 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10666 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 10667 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 10668 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 10669 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 10670 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 10671 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 10672 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 10673 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10674 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10675 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10676 } 10677 } 10678 } 10679 10680 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 10681 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 10682 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 10683 MD->isVirtual() && 10684 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 10685 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 10686 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 10687 if (FD->isInlined() && 10688 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 10689 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 10690 10691 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 10692 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 10693 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 10694 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 10695 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 10696 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10697 } else { 10698 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 10699 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10700 } 10701 } 10702 } 10703 10704 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10705 "Function parsing confused"); 10706 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10707 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10708 MD->setBody(Body); 10709 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10710 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10711 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10712 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10713 10714 if (Body) 10715 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10716 } 10717 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10718 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10719 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10720 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10721 } 10722 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10723 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10724 bool isDesignated = 10725 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10726 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10727 (void)isDesignated; 10728 10729 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10730 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10731 if (!IFace) 10732 return false; 10733 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10734 if (!SuperD) 10735 return false; 10736 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10737 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10738 }; 10739 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10740 // of NSObject. 10741 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10742 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10743 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10744 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10745 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10746 } 10747 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10748 } 10749 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10750 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10751 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10752 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10753 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10754 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10755 } 10756 } else { 10757 return nullptr; 10758 } 10759 10760 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10761 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10762 "handled in the block above."); 10763 10764 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10765 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 10766 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10767 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10768 // Verify this. 10769 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10770 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10771 10772 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10773 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10774 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10775 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10776 10777 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10778 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10779 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10780 10781 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10782 Destructor->getParent()); 10783 } 10784 10785 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10786 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10787 // deletion in some later function. 10788 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10789 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10790 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10791 } 10792 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10793 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10794 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10795 // enabled. 10796 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10797 } 10798 10799 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10800 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10801 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10802 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10803 10804 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 10805 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 10806 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 10807 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 10808 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10809 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10810 break; 10811 } 10812 } 10813 } 10814 10815 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 10816 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 10817 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 10818 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 10819 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 10820 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 10821 } 10822 10823 if (!IsInstantiation) 10824 PopDeclContext(); 10825 10826 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 10827 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10828 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10829 // deletion in some later function. 10830 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 10831 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10832 } 10833 10834 return dcl; 10835 } 10836 10837 10838 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 10839 /// relevant Decl. 10840 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 10841 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 10842 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 10843 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 10844 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 10845 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 10846 10847 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 10848 if (Method->isStatic()) 10849 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 10850 } 10851 10852 10853 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 10854 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 10855 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 10856 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 10857 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 10858 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 10859 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 10860 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 10861 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 10862 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 10863 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10864 return ExternCPrev; 10865 } 10866 10867 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 10868 unsigned diag_id; 10869 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 10870 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 10871 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 10872 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 10873 else 10874 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 10875 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 10876 10877 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 10878 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 10879 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 10880 TypoCorrection Corrected; 10881 if (S && 10882 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 10883 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 10884 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 10885 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 10886 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 10887 } 10888 10889 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 10890 const char *Dummy; 10891 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 10892 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 10893 unsigned DiagID; 10894 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 10895 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10896 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 10897 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 10898 SourceLocation NoLoc; 10899 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 10900 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 10901 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 10902 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10903 /*Params=*/nullptr, 10904 /*NumParams=*/0, 10905 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 10906 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10907 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 10908 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 10909 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10910 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10911 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10912 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10913 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 10914 EST_None, 10915 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 10916 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 10917 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 10918 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 10919 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 10920 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 10921 Loc, Loc, D), 10922 DS.getAttributes(), 10923 SourceLocation()); 10924 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 10925 10926 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 10927 10928 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 10929 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10930 10931 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 10932 FD->setImplicit(); 10933 10934 CurContext = PrevDC; 10935 10936 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 10937 10938 return FD; 10939 } 10940 10941 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 10942 /// the declaration of this function. 10943 /// 10944 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 10945 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 10946 /// like NSLog or printf. 10947 /// 10948 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 10949 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 10950 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10951 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10952 return; 10953 10954 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 10955 // actual attributes. 10956 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10957 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 10958 unsigned FormatIdx; 10959 bool HasVAListArg; 10960 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 10961 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 10962 const char *fmt = "printf"; 10963 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 10964 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 10965 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10966 fmt = "NSString"; 10967 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10968 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 10969 FormatIdx+1, 10970 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10971 FD->getLocation())); 10972 } 10973 } 10974 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 10975 HasVAListArg)) { 10976 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10977 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10978 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 10979 FormatIdx+1, 10980 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10981 FD->getLocation())); 10982 } 10983 10984 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 10985 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 10986 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 10987 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 10988 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 10989 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10990 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10991 } 10992 10993 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 10994 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 10995 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10996 FD->getLocation())); 10997 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 10998 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10999 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11000 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11001 } 11002 11003 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11004 if (!Name) 11005 return; 11006 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11007 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11008 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11009 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11010 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11011 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11012 // about. 11013 } else 11014 return; 11015 11016 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11017 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11018 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11019 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11020 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11021 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11022 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11023 FD->getLocation())); 11024 } 11025 11026 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11027 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11028 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11029 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11030 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11031 FD->getLocation())); 11032 } 11033 } 11034 11035 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11036 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11037 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11038 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11039 11040 if (!TInfo) { 11041 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11042 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11043 } 11044 11045 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11046 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11047 D.getLocStart(), 11048 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11049 D.getIdentifier(), 11050 TInfo); 11051 11052 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11053 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11054 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11055 return NewTD; 11056 } 11057 11058 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11059 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11060 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11061 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11062 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11063 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11064 else 11065 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11066 } 11067 11068 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11069 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11070 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11071 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11072 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11073 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11074 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11075 case TST_enum: 11076 case TST_struct: 11077 case TST_interface: 11078 case TST_union: 11079 case TST_class: { 11080 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11081 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11082 break; 11083 } 11084 11085 default: 11086 break; 11087 } 11088 11089 return NewTD; 11090 } 11091 11092 11093 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11094 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11095 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11096 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11097 11098 if (T->isDependentType()) 11099 return false; 11100 11101 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11102 if (BT->isInteger()) 11103 return false; 11104 11105 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11106 return true; 11107 } 11108 11109 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11110 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11111 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 11112 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11113 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11114 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11115 11116 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11117 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11118 << Prev->isScoped(); 11119 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11120 return true; 11121 } 11122 11123 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11124 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11125 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11126 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11127 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11128 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11129 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11130 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11131 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11132 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11133 return true; 11134 } 11135 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11136 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11137 << Prev->isFixed(); 11138 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11139 return true; 11140 } 11141 11142 return false; 11143 } 11144 11145 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11146 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11147 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11148 /// 11149 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11150 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11151 switch (Tag) { 11152 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11153 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11154 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11155 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11156 } 11157 } 11158 11159 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11160 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11161 /// 11162 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11163 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11164 { 11165 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11166 } 11167 11168 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11169 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11170 /// 11171 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11172 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11173 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11174 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11175 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 11176 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11177 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11178 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11179 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11180 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11181 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11182 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11183 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11184 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11185 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11186 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11187 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11188 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11189 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11190 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11191 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11192 return true; 11193 11194 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11195 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11196 bool isTemplate = false; 11197 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11198 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11199 11200 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11201 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11202 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11203 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11204 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11205 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11206 return true; 11207 } 11208 11209 if (isDefinition) { 11210 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11211 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11212 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11213 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11214 return true; 11215 } 11216 11217 bool previousMismatch = false; 11218 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11219 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11220 if (!previousMismatch) { 11221 previousMismatch = true; 11222 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11223 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11224 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11225 } 11226 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11227 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11228 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11229 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11230 } 11231 } 11232 return true; 11233 } 11234 11235 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11236 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11237 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11238 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11239 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11240 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11241 return true; 11242 } 11243 11244 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11245 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11246 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11247 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11248 11249 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11250 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11251 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11252 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11253 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11254 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11255 } 11256 11257 return true; 11258 } 11259 return false; 11260 } 11261 11262 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11263 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11264 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11265 /// namespace N { 11266 /// struct X; 11267 /// namespace M { 11268 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11269 /// } 11270 /// } 11271 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11272 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11273 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11274 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11275 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11276 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11277 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11278 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11279 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11280 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11281 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11282 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11283 return FixItHint(); 11284 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11285 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11286 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11287 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11288 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11289 break; 11290 } 11291 11292 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11293 // build an NNS. 11294 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11295 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11296 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11297 OS << "::"; 11298 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11299 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11300 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11301 OS.flush(); 11302 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11303 } 11304 11305 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11306 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11307 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11308 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11309 /// 11310 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 11311 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11312 /// 11313 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to true if the caller should skip 11314 /// the definition of this tag, and treat it as if it were a declaration. 11315 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11316 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11317 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11318 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11319 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11320 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11321 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11322 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11323 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11324 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11325 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool *SkipBody) { 11326 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11327 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11328 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11329 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11330 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11331 11332 OwnedDecl = false; 11333 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11334 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11335 11336 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11337 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11338 bool Invalid = false; 11339 11340 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11341 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11342 // for non-C++ cases. 11343 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11344 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11345 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11346 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11347 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11348 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11349 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11350 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11351 return nullptr; 11352 } 11353 11354 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11355 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11356 // be a member of another template). 11357 11358 if (Invalid) 11359 return nullptr; 11360 11361 OwnedDecl = false; 11362 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11363 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11364 TemplateParams, AS, 11365 ModulePrivateLoc, 11366 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11367 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11368 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 11369 SkipBody); 11370 return Result.get(); 11371 } else { 11372 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11373 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11374 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11375 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11376 } 11377 } 11378 } 11379 11380 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11381 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11382 // redeclaration. 11383 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11384 11385 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11386 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11387 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11388 // type, default to int. 11389 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11390 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11391 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11392 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11393 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11394 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11395 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11396 11397 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11398 // Recover by falling back to int. 11399 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11400 11401 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11402 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11403 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11404 11405 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11406 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11407 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11408 } 11409 11410 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11411 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11412 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11413 11414 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11415 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11416 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11417 11418 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11419 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11420 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11421 11422 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11423 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11424 Name = nullptr; 11425 goto CreateNewDecl; 11426 } 11427 11428 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11429 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11430 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11431 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11432 if (!DC) { 11433 IsDependent = true; 11434 return nullptr; 11435 } 11436 } else { 11437 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11438 if (!DC) { 11439 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11440 << SS.getRange(); 11441 return nullptr; 11442 } 11443 } 11444 11445 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11446 return nullptr; 11447 11448 SearchDC = DC; 11449 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11450 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11451 11452 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11453 return nullptr; 11454 11455 if (Previous.empty()) { 11456 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11457 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11458 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11459 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11460 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11461 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11462 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11463 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11464 IsDependent = true; 11465 return nullptr; 11466 } 11467 11468 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11469 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11470 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11471 Name = nullptr; 11472 Invalid = true; 11473 goto CreateNewDecl; 11474 } 11475 } else if (Name) { 11476 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11477 // declaration or definition. 11478 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11479 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11480 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11481 LookupName(Previous, S); 11482 11483 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11484 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11485 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11486 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11487 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11488 while (F.hasNext()) { 11489 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11490 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11491 F.erase(); 11492 } 11493 F.done(); 11494 } 11495 11496 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11497 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11498 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11499 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11500 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11501 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11502 // 11503 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11504 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11505 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11506 // 11507 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11508 // semantic context? 11509 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11510 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11511 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11512 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11513 while (F.hasNext()) { 11514 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11515 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11516 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11517 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11518 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11519 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11520 else 11521 F.erase(); 11522 } 11523 } 11524 F.done(); 11525 11526 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11527 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11528 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11529 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11530 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11531 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11532 } 11533 } 11534 11535 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11536 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11537 return nullptr; 11538 11539 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11540 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11541 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11542 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11543 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11544 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11545 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11546 } 11547 } 11548 11549 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11550 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11551 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11552 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11553 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11554 Previous.clear(); 11555 } 11556 11557 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11558 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11559 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11560 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11561 11562 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11563 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11564 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11565 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11566 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11567 } 11568 } 11569 11570 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11571 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11572 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11573 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11574 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11575 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11576 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11577 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11578 11579 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11580 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11581 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11582 // 11583 // class-key identifier 11584 // 11585 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11586 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11587 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11588 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11589 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11590 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11591 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11592 // declaration. 11593 // 11594 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11595 // C structs and unions. 11596 // 11597 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11598 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11599 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11600 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11601 // 11602 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11603 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11604 // 11605 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11606 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11607 // lexical context, 11608 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11609 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11610 11611 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11612 while (S->isClassScope() || 11613 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11614 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11615 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11616 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11617 S = S->getParent(); 11618 } else { 11619 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11620 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11621 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11622 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11623 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11624 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11625 } 11626 11627 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11628 // diagnose some problems. 11629 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11630 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11631 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11632 } 11633 } 11634 11635 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11636 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11637 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = 11638 getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl; 11639 11640 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11641 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11642 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11643 // in C++. 11644 // 11645 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11646 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11647 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11648 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11649 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11650 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11651 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11652 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11653 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11654 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11655 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11656 PrevDecl = Tag; 11657 Previous.clear(); 11658 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11659 Previous.resolveKind(); 11660 } 11661 } 11662 } 11663 } 11664 11665 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11666 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11667 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11668 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11669 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11670 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11671 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11672 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11673 // struct or something similar. 11674 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11675 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11676 *Name)) { 11677 bool SafeToContinue 11678 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11679 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11680 if (SafeToContinue) 11681 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11682 << Name 11683 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11684 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11685 else 11686 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11687 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11688 11689 if (SafeToContinue) 11690 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11691 else { 11692 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11693 Name = nullptr; 11694 Previous.clear(); 11695 Invalid = true; 11696 } 11697 } 11698 11699 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11700 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11701 11702 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11703 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11704 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11705 if (ScopedEnum) 11706 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11707 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11708 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11709 return PrevTagDecl; 11710 } 11711 11712 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 11713 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11714 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 11715 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 11716 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 11717 11718 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 11719 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 11720 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 11721 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 11722 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 11723 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 11724 } 11725 11726 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 11727 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 11728 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 11729 // and then later defined. 11730 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 11731 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11732 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 11733 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11734 } 11735 11736 if (!Invalid) { 11737 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 11738 // we have attributes. 11739 11740 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 11741 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 11742 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 11743 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 11744 if (!Attr && 11745 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 11746 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 11747 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 11748 return PrevTagDecl; 11749 11750 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 11751 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11752 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 11753 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 11754 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 11755 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 11756 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 11757 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 11758 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 11759 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11760 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11761 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11762 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 11763 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11764 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11765 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11766 } 11767 11768 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 11769 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11770 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 11771 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 11772 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 11773 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 11774 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 11775 // use it in place of this one. 11776 *SkipBody = true; 11777 if (auto *Listener = getASTMutationListener()) 11778 Listener->RedefinedHiddenDefinition(Hidden, KWLoc); 11779 Hidden->setHidden(false); 11780 return Def; 11781 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 11782 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 11783 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 11784 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 11785 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 11786 else 11787 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 11788 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11789 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 11790 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 11791 // references get the previous definition. 11792 Name = nullptr; 11793 Previous.clear(); 11794 Invalid = true; 11795 } 11796 } else { 11797 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 11798 // about a nested redefinition. 11799 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 11800 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 11801 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 11802 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 11803 diag::note_previous_definition); 11804 Name = nullptr; 11805 Previous.clear(); 11806 Invalid = true; 11807 } 11808 } 11809 11810 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 11811 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 11812 } 11813 11814 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 11815 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 11816 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 11817 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11818 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 11819 AS = AS_none; 11820 } 11821 } 11822 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 11823 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 11824 11825 } else { 11826 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 11827 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 11828 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 11829 // have distinct types. 11830 Previous.clear(); 11831 } 11832 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 11833 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 11834 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 11835 11836 11837 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 11838 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 11839 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 11840 } else { 11841 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 11842 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 11843 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 11844 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 11845 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 11846 unsigned Kind = 0; 11847 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11848 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11849 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11850 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 11851 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 11852 Invalid = true; 11853 11854 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 11855 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11856 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11857 // do nothing 11858 11859 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 11860 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11861 unsigned Kind = 0; 11862 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11863 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11864 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11865 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 11866 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11867 Invalid = true; 11868 11869 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 11870 // case here. 11871 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11872 unsigned Kind = 0; 11873 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11874 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 11875 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 11876 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11877 Invalid = true; 11878 11879 // Otherwise, diagnose. 11880 } else { 11881 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 11882 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 11883 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 11884 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11885 Name = nullptr; 11886 Invalid = true; 11887 } 11888 11889 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 11890 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 11891 Previous.clear(); 11892 } 11893 } 11894 11895 CreateNewDecl: 11896 11897 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 11898 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 11899 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11900 11901 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 11902 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 11903 // keyword. 11904 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 11905 11906 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 11907 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 11908 // PrevDecl. 11909 TagDecl *New; 11910 11911 bool IsForwardReference = false; 11912 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11913 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11914 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 11915 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11916 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 11917 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 11918 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 11919 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 11920 TagDecl *Def; 11921 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 11922 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 11923 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 11924 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 11925 } 11926 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 11927 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 11928 << New; 11929 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11930 } else { 11931 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 11932 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11933 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 11934 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11935 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 11936 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 11937 11938 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 11939 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 11940 // the declaration context. 11941 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 11942 IsForwardReference = true; 11943 } 11944 } 11945 11946 if (EnumUnderlying) { 11947 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 11948 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11949 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 11950 else 11951 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 11952 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 11953 } 11954 11955 } else { 11956 // struct/union/class 11957 11958 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11959 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 11960 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11961 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 11962 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11963 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11964 11965 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 11966 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 11967 } else 11968 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11969 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11970 } 11971 11972 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 11973 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 11974 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11975 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 11976 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11977 Invalid = true; 11978 } 11979 11980 // Maybe add qualifier info. 11981 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11982 if (SS.isSet()) { 11983 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 11984 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 11985 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 11986 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 11987 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 11988 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 11989 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 11990 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 11991 Invalid = true; 11992 11993 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 11994 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 11995 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 11996 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 11997 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11998 } 11999 } 12000 else 12001 Invalid = true; 12002 } 12003 12004 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12005 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12006 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12007 // 12008 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12009 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12010 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12011 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12012 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12013 // parsing of the struct). 12014 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12015 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12016 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12017 } 12018 } 12019 12020 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12021 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12022 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12023 << 2 12024 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12025 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12026 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12027 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12028 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12029 New->setModulePrivate(); 12030 } 12031 12032 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12033 // check the specialization. 12034 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12035 Invalid = true; 12036 12037 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12038 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12039 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12040 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12041 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12042 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12043 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12044 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12045 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12046 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12047 << Name; 12048 Invalid = true; 12049 } 12050 } else { 12051 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12052 } 12053 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12054 } 12055 12056 if (Invalid) 12057 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12058 12059 if (Attr) 12060 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12061 12062 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12063 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12064 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12065 12066 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12067 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12068 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12069 // the tag name visible. 12070 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12071 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12072 12073 // Set the access specifier. 12074 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12075 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12076 12077 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12078 New->startDefinition(); 12079 12080 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12081 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12082 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12083 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12084 if (PrevDecl) 12085 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12086 12087 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12088 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12089 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12090 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12091 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12092 } else if (Name) { 12093 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12094 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12095 if (IsForwardReference) 12096 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12097 12098 } else { 12099 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12100 } 12101 12102 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12103 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12104 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12105 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12106 II->isStr("FILE")) 12107 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12108 12109 if (PrevDecl) 12110 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12111 12112 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12113 // record. 12114 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12115 12116 OwnedDecl = true; 12117 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12118 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12119 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12120 } 12121 12122 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12123 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12124 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12125 12126 // Enter the tag context. 12127 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12128 12129 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12130 12131 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12132 // record. 12133 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12134 } 12135 12136 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12137 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12138 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12139 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12140 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12141 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12142 CurContext = OCD; 12143 return IDecl; 12144 } 12145 12146 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12147 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12148 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12149 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12150 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12151 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12152 12153 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12154 12155 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12156 return; 12157 12158 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12159 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12160 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12161 12162 // C++ [class]p2: 12163 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12164 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12165 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12166 // as if it were a public member name. 12167 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12168 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12169 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12170 Record->getIdentifier(), 12171 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12172 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12173 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12174 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12175 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12176 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12177 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12178 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12179 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12180 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12181 } 12182 12183 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12184 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12185 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12186 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12187 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12188 12189 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12190 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12191 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12192 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12193 RD->completeDefinition(); 12194 } 12195 12196 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12197 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12198 12199 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12200 PopDeclContext(); 12201 12202 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12203 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12204 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12205 12206 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12207 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12208 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12209 } 12210 12211 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12212 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12213 PopDeclContext(); 12214 } 12215 12216 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12217 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12218 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12219 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12220 } 12221 12222 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12223 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12224 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12225 } 12226 12227 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12228 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12229 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12230 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12231 12232 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12233 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12234 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12235 RD->completeDefinition(); 12236 } 12237 12238 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12239 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12240 // the FieldCollector. 12241 12242 PopDeclContext(); 12243 } 12244 12245 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12246 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12247 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12248 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12249 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12250 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12251 if (ZeroWidth) 12252 *ZeroWidth = true; 12253 12254 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12255 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12256 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12257 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12258 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12259 return ExprError(); 12260 if (FieldName) 12261 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12262 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12263 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12264 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12265 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12266 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12267 return ExprError(); 12268 12269 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12270 // it now. 12271 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12272 return BitWidth; 12273 12274 llvm::APSInt Value; 12275 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12276 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12277 return ICE; 12278 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12279 12280 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12281 *ZeroWidth = false; 12282 12283 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12284 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12285 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12286 12287 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12288 if (FieldName) 12289 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12290 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12291 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12292 << Value.toString(10); 12293 } 12294 12295 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12296 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12297 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 12298 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 12299 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12300 if (FieldName) 12301 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12302 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12303 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12304 12305 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12306 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12307 } 12308 12309 if (FieldName) 12310 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12311 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12312 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12313 else 12314 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12315 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12316 } 12317 } 12318 12319 return BitWidth; 12320 } 12321 12322 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12323 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12324 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12325 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12326 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12327 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12328 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12329 return Res; 12330 } 12331 12332 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12333 /// 12334 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12335 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12336 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12337 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12338 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12339 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12340 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12341 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12342 12343 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12344 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12345 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12346 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12347 12348 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12349 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12350 D.setInvalidType(); 12351 T = Context.IntTy; 12352 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12353 } 12354 } 12355 12356 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12357 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12358 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12359 D.setInvalidType(); 12360 } 12361 12362 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12363 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12364 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12365 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12366 D.setInvalidType(); 12367 } 12368 12369 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12370 12371 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12372 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12373 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12374 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12375 12376 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12377 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12378 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12379 LookupName(Previous, S); 12380 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12381 case LookupResult::Found: 12382 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12383 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12384 break; 12385 12386 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12387 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12388 break; 12389 12390 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12391 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12392 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12393 break; 12394 } 12395 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12396 12397 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12398 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12399 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12400 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12401 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12402 } 12403 12404 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12405 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12406 12407 bool Mutable 12408 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12409 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12410 FieldDecl *NewFD 12411 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12412 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12413 12414 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12415 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12416 12417 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12418 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12419 12420 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12421 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12422 // with the same name in the same scope. 12423 } else if (II) { 12424 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12425 } else 12426 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12427 12428 return NewFD; 12429 } 12430 12431 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12432 /// 12433 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12434 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12435 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12436 /// created. 12437 /// 12438 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12439 /// 12440 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12441 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12442 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12443 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12444 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12445 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12446 SourceLocation TSSL, 12447 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12448 Declarator *D) { 12449 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12450 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12451 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12452 12453 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12454 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12455 if (T.isNull()) { 12456 InvalidDecl = true; 12457 T = Context.IntTy; 12458 } 12459 12460 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12461 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12462 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12463 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12464 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12465 InvalidDecl = true; 12466 } else { 12467 NamedDecl *Def; 12468 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12469 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12470 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12471 InvalidDecl = true; 12472 } 12473 } 12474 } 12475 12476 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12477 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12478 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12479 InvalidDecl = true; 12480 } 12481 12482 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12483 // than a variably modified type. 12484 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12485 bool SizeIsNegative; 12486 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12487 12488 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12489 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12490 SizeIsNegative, 12491 Oversized); 12492 if (FixedTInfo) { 12493 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12494 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12495 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12496 } else { 12497 if (SizeIsNegative) 12498 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12499 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12500 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12501 << Oversized.toString(10); 12502 else 12503 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12504 InvalidDecl = true; 12505 } 12506 } 12507 12508 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12509 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12510 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12511 AbstractFieldType)) 12512 InvalidDecl = true; 12513 12514 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12515 if (InvalidDecl) 12516 BitWidth = nullptr; 12517 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12518 if (BitWidth) { 12519 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12520 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12521 if (!BitWidth) { 12522 InvalidDecl = true; 12523 BitWidth = nullptr; 12524 ZeroWidth = false; 12525 } 12526 } 12527 12528 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12529 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12530 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12531 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12532 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 12533 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 12534 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12535 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12536 12537 if (DiagID) { 12538 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12539 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12540 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12541 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12542 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 12543 Mutable = false; 12544 InvalidDecl = true; 12545 } 12546 } 12547 } 12548 12549 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12550 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12551 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12552 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12553 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12554 12555 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12556 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12557 if (InvalidDecl) 12558 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12559 12560 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12561 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12562 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12563 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12564 } 12565 12566 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12567 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12568 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12569 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12570 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12571 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12572 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12573 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12574 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12575 // objects. 12576 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12577 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12578 } 12579 } 12580 12581 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12582 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12583 // enabled. 12584 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12585 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12586 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12587 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12588 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12589 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12590 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12591 } 12592 } 12593 } 12594 12595 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12596 // representation, not a parser representation. 12597 if (D) { 12598 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12599 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12600 12601 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12602 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12603 } 12604 12605 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12606 // retainable type. 12607 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12608 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12609 12610 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12611 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12612 12613 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12614 return NewFD; 12615 } 12616 12617 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12618 assert(FD); 12619 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12620 12621 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12622 return false; 12623 12624 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12625 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12626 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12627 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12628 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12629 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12630 // copy constructors. 12631 12632 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12633 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12634 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12635 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12636 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12637 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12638 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12639 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12640 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12641 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12642 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12643 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12644 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12645 member = CXXDestructor; 12646 12647 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12648 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12649 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12650 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12651 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12652 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12653 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12654 // members unavailable. 12655 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12656 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12657 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12658 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12659 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12660 Loc)); 12661 return false; 12662 } 12663 } 12664 12665 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12666 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12667 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12668 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12669 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12670 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12671 } 12672 } 12673 } 12674 12675 return false; 12676 } 12677 12678 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12679 /// AST enum value. 12680 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12681 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12682 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12683 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12684 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12685 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12686 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12687 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12688 } 12689 } 12690 12691 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12692 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12693 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12694 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12695 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12696 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12697 12698 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12699 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12700 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12701 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12702 12703 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12704 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12705 12706 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12707 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12708 12709 if (BitWidth) { 12710 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12711 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12712 if (!BitWidth) 12713 D.setInvalidType(); 12714 } else { 12715 // Not a bitfield. 12716 12717 // validate II. 12718 12719 } 12720 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 12721 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 12722 D.setInvalidType(); 12723 } 12724 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12725 // than a variably modified type. 12726 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12727 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 12728 D.setInvalidType(); 12729 } 12730 12731 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 12732 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 12733 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 12734 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 12735 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 12736 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 12737 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12738 return nullptr; 12739 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 12740 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12741 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12742 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 12743 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 12744 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 12745 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 12746 } 12747 else 12748 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12749 } else { 12750 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12751 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12752 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 12753 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 12754 return nullptr; 12755 } 12756 } 12757 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12758 } 12759 12760 // Construct the decl. 12761 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 12762 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 12763 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 12764 12765 if (II) { 12766 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 12767 ForRedeclaration); 12768 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 12769 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12770 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12771 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12772 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12773 } 12774 } 12775 12776 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 12777 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 12778 12779 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12780 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12781 12782 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 12783 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 12784 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12785 12786 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12787 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 12788 12789 if (II) { 12790 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 12791 // these to the interface. 12792 S->AddDecl(NewID); 12793 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 12794 } 12795 12796 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 12797 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 12798 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 12799 12800 return NewID; 12801 } 12802 12803 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 12804 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 12805 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 12806 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 12807 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 12808 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 12809 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 12810 return; 12811 12812 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 12813 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 12814 12815 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 12816 return; 12817 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 12818 if (!ID) { 12819 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 12820 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 12821 return; 12822 } 12823 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 12824 else 12825 return; 12826 } 12827 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 12828 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 12829 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 12830 12831 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 12832 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 12833 Context.CharTy, 12834 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 12835 DeclLoc), 12836 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 12837 true); 12838 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 12839 } 12840 12841 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 12842 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 12843 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 12844 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 12845 12846 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 12847 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 12848 // it will now change. 12849 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12850 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12851 switch (DC->getKind()) { 12852 default: break; 12853 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 12854 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12855 break; 12856 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 12857 Context. 12858 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12859 break; 12860 } 12861 } 12862 12863 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12864 12865 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 12866 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 12867 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 12868 if (Record) { 12869 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 12870 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 12871 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 12872 ++NumNamedMembers; 12873 } 12874 } 12875 12876 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 12877 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 12878 12879 bool ARCErrReported = false; 12880 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 12881 i != end; ++i) { 12882 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 12883 12884 // Get the type for the field. 12885 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 12886 12887 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 12888 // Remember all fields written by the user. 12889 RecFields.push_back(FD); 12890 } 12891 12892 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 12893 // diagnostics about it. 12894 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12895 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12896 continue; 12897 } 12898 12899 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 12900 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 12901 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 12902 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 12903 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 12904 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 12905 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 12906 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 12907 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 12908 // array. 12909 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 12910 // Field declared as a function. 12911 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 12912 << FD->getDeclName(); 12913 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12914 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12915 continue; 12916 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 12917 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 12918 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 12919 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 12920 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 12921 // Flexible array member. 12922 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 12923 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 12924 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 12925 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12926 if (Record->isUnion()) 12927 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12928 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 12929 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12930 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 12931 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 12932 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 12933 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12934 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 12935 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12936 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 12937 : NumNamedMembers < 1 12938 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 12939 : 0; 12940 12941 if (DiagID) 12942 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 12943 << Record->getTagKind(); 12944 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 12945 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 12946 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 12947 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 12948 // of the type. 12949 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 12950 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 12951 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 12952 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12953 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 12954 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 12955 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12956 12957 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 12958 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 12959 // 12960 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 12961 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 12962 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12963 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 12964 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 12965 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12966 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12967 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12968 continue; 12969 } 12970 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 12971 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12972 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 12973 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12974 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12975 // Incomplete type 12976 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12977 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12978 continue; 12979 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12980 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 12981 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 12982 // flexible array member. 12983 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12984 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 12985 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 12986 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 12987 // structures. 12988 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 12989 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 12990 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12991 else { 12992 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 12993 // other structs as an extension. 12994 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 12995 << FD->getDeclName(); 12996 } 12997 } 12998 } 12999 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13000 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13001 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13002 AbstractIvarType)) { 13003 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13004 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13005 } 13006 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13007 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13008 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13009 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13010 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13011 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13012 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13013 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13014 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13015 FD->setType(T); 13016 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13017 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13018 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13019 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13020 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13021 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13022 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13023 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13024 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13025 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13026 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13027 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13028 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13029 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13030 "this system field has retaining ownership", 13031 loc)); 13032 } 13033 } else { 13034 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13035 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13036 } 13037 ARCErrReported = true; 13038 } 13039 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13040 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13041 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13042 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13043 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13044 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13045 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13046 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13047 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13048 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13049 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13050 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13051 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13052 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13053 } 13054 } 13055 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13056 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13057 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13058 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13059 ++NumNamedMembers; 13060 } 13061 13062 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13063 if (Record) { 13064 bool Completed = false; 13065 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13066 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13067 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13068 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13069 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13070 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13071 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13072 13073 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13074 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13075 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13076 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13077 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13078 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13079 } 13080 13081 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13082 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13083 13084 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13085 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13086 // problem now. 13087 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13088 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13089 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13090 13091 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13092 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13093 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13094 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13095 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13096 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13097 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13098 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13099 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13100 continue; 13101 13102 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13103 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13104 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13105 // program is ill-formed. 13106 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13107 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13108 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13109 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13110 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13111 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13112 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13113 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13114 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13115 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13116 13117 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13118 } 13119 } 13120 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13121 Completed = true; 13122 } 13123 } 13124 } 13125 } 13126 13127 if (!Completed) 13128 Record->completeDefinition(); 13129 13130 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13131 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13132 13133 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13134 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13135 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13136 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13137 } 13138 13139 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13140 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13141 // compatibility problems. 13142 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13143 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13144 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13145 } else { 13146 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13147 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13148 CheckForZeroSize = 13149 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13150 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13151 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13152 } 13153 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13154 bool ZeroSize = true; 13155 bool IsEmpty = true; 13156 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13157 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13158 E = Record->field_end(); 13159 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13160 IsEmpty = false; 13161 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13162 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13163 ZeroSize = false; 13164 } else { 13165 ++NonBitFields; 13166 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13167 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13168 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13169 ZeroSize = false; 13170 } 13171 } 13172 13173 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13174 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13175 // extern "C" block. 13176 if (ZeroSize) { 13177 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13178 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13179 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13180 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13181 } 13182 13183 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13184 // but are accepted by GCC. 13185 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13186 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13187 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13188 << Record->isUnion(); 13189 } 13190 } 13191 } else { 13192 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13193 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13194 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13195 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13196 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13197 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13198 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13199 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13200 } 13201 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13202 // duplicates. 13203 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13204 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13205 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13206 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13207 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13208 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13209 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13210 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13211 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13212 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13213 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13214 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13215 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13216 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13217 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13218 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13219 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13220 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13221 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13222 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13223 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13224 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13225 if (IDecl) { 13226 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13227 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13228 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13229 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13230 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13231 continue; 13232 } 13233 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13234 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13235 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13236 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13237 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13238 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13239 continue; 13240 } 13241 } 13242 } 13243 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13244 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13245 } 13246 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13247 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13248 } 13249 } 13250 13251 if (Attr) 13252 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13253 } 13254 13255 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13256 /// the given type T. 13257 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13258 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13259 QualType T) { 13260 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13261 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13262 13263 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13264 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13265 --BitWidth; 13266 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13267 } 13268 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13269 } 13270 13271 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13272 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13273 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13274 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13275 // enum checking below. 13276 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13277 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13278 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13279 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13280 }; 13281 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13282 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13283 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13284 }; 13285 13286 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13287 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13288 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13289 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13290 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13291 return Types[I]; 13292 13293 return QualType(); 13294 } 13295 13296 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13297 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13298 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13299 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13300 Expr *Val) { 13301 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13302 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13303 QualType EltTy; 13304 13305 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13306 Val = nullptr; 13307 13308 if (Val) 13309 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13310 13311 if (Val) { 13312 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13313 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13314 else { 13315 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13316 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13317 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13318 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13319 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13320 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13321 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13322 ExprResult Converted = 13323 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13324 CCEK_Enumerator); 13325 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13326 Val = nullptr; 13327 else 13328 Val = Converted.get(); 13329 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13330 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13331 &EnumVal).get())) { 13332 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13333 } else { 13334 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13335 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13336 13337 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13338 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13339 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13340 // expression checking. 13341 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13342 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13343 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13344 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13345 } else 13346 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13347 } else 13348 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13349 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13350 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13351 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13352 // is the type of its initializing value: 13353 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13354 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13355 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13356 } else { 13357 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13358 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13359 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13360 // representable as an int. 13361 13362 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13363 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13364 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13365 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13366 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13367 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13368 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13369 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13370 } 13371 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13372 } 13373 } 13374 } 13375 } 13376 13377 if (!Val) { 13378 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13379 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13380 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13381 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13382 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13383 // is the type of its initializing value: 13384 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13385 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13386 // 13387 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13388 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13389 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13390 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13391 } 13392 else { 13393 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13394 } 13395 } else { 13396 // Assign the last value + 1. 13397 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13398 ++EnumVal; 13399 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13400 13401 // Check for overflow on increment. 13402 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13403 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13404 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13405 // is the type of its initializing value: 13406 // 13407 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13408 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13409 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13410 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13411 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13412 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13413 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13414 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13415 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13416 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13417 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13418 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13419 ++EnumVal; 13420 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13421 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13422 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13423 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13424 << EltTy; 13425 else 13426 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13427 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13428 } else { 13429 EltTy = T; 13430 } 13431 13432 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13433 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13434 // value, then increment. 13435 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13436 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13437 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13438 ++EnumVal; 13439 13440 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13441 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13442 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13443 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13444 // integral type. 13445 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13446 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13447 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13448 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13449 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13450 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13451 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13452 } 13453 } 13454 } 13455 13456 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13457 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13458 // enumerator's type. 13459 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13460 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13461 } 13462 13463 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13464 Val, EnumVal); 13465 } 13466 13467 13468 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13469 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13470 AttributeList *Attr, 13471 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13472 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 13473 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 13474 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 13475 13476 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13477 // we find one that is. 13478 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13479 13480 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13481 // scope. 13482 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13483 ForRedeclaration); 13484 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13485 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13486 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13487 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13488 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13489 } 13490 13491 if (PrevDecl) { 13492 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13493 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13494 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13495 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13496 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13497 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13498 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13499 else 13500 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13501 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13502 return nullptr; 13503 } 13504 } 13505 13506 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13507 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13508 // different from T: 13509 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13510 // enumerated type 13511 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 13512 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 13513 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13514 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 13515 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 13516 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 13517 13518 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13519 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13520 13521 if (New) { 13522 // Process attributes. 13523 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13524 13525 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13526 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13527 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13528 } 13529 13530 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13531 13532 return New; 13533 } 13534 13535 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13536 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13537 // Element2 = Element1 13538 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13539 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13540 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13541 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13542 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13543 if (!InitExpr) 13544 return true; 13545 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13546 13547 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13548 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13549 return true; 13550 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13551 if (!IL) 13552 return true; 13553 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13554 return true; 13555 13556 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13557 } 13558 13559 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13560 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13561 if (!DRE) 13562 return true; 13563 13564 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13565 if (!EnumConstant) 13566 return true; 13567 13568 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13569 Enum) 13570 return true; 13571 13572 return false; 13573 } 13574 13575 struct DupKey { 13576 int64_t val; 13577 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13578 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13579 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13580 }; 13581 13582 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13583 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13584 false); 13585 } 13586 13587 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13588 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13589 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13590 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13591 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13592 } 13593 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13594 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13595 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13596 } 13597 }; 13598 13599 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13600 // a previous element has already been set to. 13601 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13602 EnumDecl *Enum, 13603 QualType EnumType) { 13604 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13605 return; 13606 // Avoid anonymous enums 13607 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13608 return; 13609 13610 // Only check for small enums. 13611 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13612 return; 13613 13614 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13615 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13616 13617 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13618 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13619 ValueToVectorMap; 13620 13621 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13622 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13623 13624 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13625 // an initialier. 13626 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13627 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13628 13629 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13630 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13631 if (!ECD) { 13632 return; 13633 } 13634 13635 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13636 continue; 13637 13638 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13639 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13640 13641 // First time encountering this value. 13642 if (Entry.isNull()) 13643 Entry = ECD; 13644 } 13645 13646 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13647 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13648 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13649 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13650 continue; 13651 13652 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13653 13654 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13655 if (Entry.isNull()) 13656 continue; 13657 13658 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13659 // Ensure constants are different. 13660 if (D == ECD) 13661 continue; 13662 13663 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13664 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13665 Vec->push_back(D); 13666 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13667 13668 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13669 Entry = Vec; 13670 13671 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13672 // diagnostics. 13673 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13674 continue; 13675 } 13676 13677 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13678 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13679 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13680 continue; 13681 13682 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13683 } 13684 13685 // Emit diagnostics. 13686 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13687 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13688 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13689 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13690 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13691 13692 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13693 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13694 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13695 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13696 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13697 ++I; 13698 13699 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 13700 // the same value. 13701 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 13702 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 13703 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13704 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13705 delete Vec; 13706 } 13707 } 13708 13709 bool 13710 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 13711 bool AllowMask) const { 13712 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 13713 assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 13714 13715 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits(); 13716 unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth(); 13717 13718 // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first. 13719 llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width); 13720 13721 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 13722 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 13723 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 13724 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 13725 // 13726 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 13727 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 13728 // likely a logic error. 13729 if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal)) 13730 return true; 13731 13732 if (AllowMask) { 13733 // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider 13734 // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums. 13735 // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the 13736 // benefit of the doubt. 13737 // 13738 // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended 13739 // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types 13740 // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't 13741 // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases, 13742 // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may 13743 // be fine just to accept this as a warning. 13744 ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth()); 13745 if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal)) 13746 return true; 13747 } 13748 13749 return false; 13750 } 13751 13752 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 13753 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 13754 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13755 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 13756 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 13757 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 13758 13759 if (Attr) 13760 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 13761 13762 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 13763 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13764 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13765 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13766 if (!ECD) continue; 13767 13768 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13769 } 13770 13771 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 13772 return; 13773 } 13774 13775 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 13776 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 13777 // emit a warning. 13778 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13779 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 13780 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 13781 13782 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 13783 // reverse the list. 13784 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 13785 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 13786 13787 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 13788 bool AllElementsInt = true; 13789 13790 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13791 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13792 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13793 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13794 13795 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13796 13797 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 13798 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 13799 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 13800 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 13801 else 13802 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 13803 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 13804 13805 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 13806 if (AllElementsInt) 13807 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 13808 } 13809 13810 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 13811 QualType BestType; 13812 unsigned BestWidth; 13813 13814 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 13815 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 13816 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 13817 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 13818 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 13819 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 13820 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 13821 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 13822 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 13823 QualType BestPromotionType; 13824 13825 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 13826 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 13827 // enum definitions. 13828 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 13829 Packed = true; 13830 13831 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13832 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13833 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 13834 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 13835 else 13836 BestPromotionType = BestType; 13837 13838 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 13839 } 13840 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 13841 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 13842 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 13843 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13844 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 13845 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 13846 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13847 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 13848 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 13849 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 13850 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13851 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 13852 BestType = Context.IntTy; 13853 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13854 } else { 13855 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 13856 13857 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 13858 BestType = Context.LongTy; 13859 } else { 13860 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13861 13862 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 13863 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 13864 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 13865 } 13866 } 13867 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 13868 } else { 13869 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 13870 // all of the enumerator values. 13871 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13872 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 13873 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 13874 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13875 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13876 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 13877 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 13878 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13879 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13880 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 13881 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 13882 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13883 BestPromotionType 13884 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13885 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 13886 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 13887 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 13888 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 13889 BestPromotionType 13890 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13891 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 13892 } else { 13893 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13894 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 13895 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 13896 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 13897 BestPromotionType 13898 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13899 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 13900 } 13901 } 13902 13903 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 13904 if (FEAttr) 13905 FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0); 13906 13907 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 13908 // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the 13909 // FlagBits cache. 13910 for (auto *D : Elements) { 13911 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 13912 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13913 13914 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 13915 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 13916 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 13917 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 13918 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 13919 13920 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 13921 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13922 13923 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 13924 // the enum decl type. 13925 QualType NewTy; 13926 unsigned NewWidth; 13927 bool NewSign; 13928 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13929 !Enum->isFixed() && 13930 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 13931 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 13932 NewWidth = IntWidth; 13933 NewSign = true; 13934 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 13935 // Already the right type! 13936 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13937 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13938 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13939 // enumeration. 13940 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13941 goto flagbits; 13942 } else { 13943 NewTy = BestType; 13944 NewWidth = BestWidth; 13945 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 13946 } 13947 13948 // Adjust the APSInt value. 13949 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 13950 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 13951 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 13952 13953 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 13954 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 13955 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 13956 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 13957 CK_IntegralCast, 13958 ECD->getInitExpr(), 13959 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 13960 VK_RValue)); 13961 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13962 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13963 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13964 // enumeration. 13965 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13966 else 13967 ECD->setType(NewTy); 13968 13969 flagbits: 13970 // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x 13971 // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set. 13972 if (FEAttr) { 13973 llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth); 13974 if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) { 13975 FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal; 13976 } 13977 } 13978 } 13979 13980 if (FEAttr) { 13981 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 13982 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 13983 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13984 13985 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13986 if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 13987 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 13988 << ECD << Enum; 13989 } 13990 } 13991 13992 13993 13994 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 13995 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 13996 13997 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 13998 13999 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14000 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14001 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14002 } 14003 14004 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14005 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14006 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14007 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14008 14009 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14010 AsmString, StartLoc, 14011 EndLoc); 14012 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14013 return New; 14014 } 14015 14016 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14017 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14018 DeclContext *DC) { 14019 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14020 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14021 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14022 if (!M->IsExternC) { 14023 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 14024 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14025 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14026 return; 14027 } 14028 break; 14029 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14030 break; 14031 } 14032 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14033 } 14034 14035 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14036 DC = DC->getParent(); 14037 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14038 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 14039 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14040 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14041 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 14042 << DC; 14043 } 14044 } 14045 14046 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14047 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14048 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14049 Module *Mod = 14050 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14051 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14052 if (!Mod) 14053 return true; 14054 14055 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14056 14057 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14058 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14059 // silently ignoring the import. 14060 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14061 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 14062 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14063 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 14064 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14065 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 14066 14067 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14068 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14069 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14070 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14071 // We need the length to be consistent. 14072 if (!ModCheck) 14073 break; 14074 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14075 14076 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14077 } 14078 14079 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14080 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14081 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14082 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14083 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14084 return Import; 14085 } 14086 14087 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14088 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14089 14090 // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here? 14091 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 14092 } 14093 14094 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14095 Module *Mod) { 14096 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14097 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14098 return; 14099 14100 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14101 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14102 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14103 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14104 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14105 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14106 14107 // Make the module visible. 14108 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 14109 } 14110 14111 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14112 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14113 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14114 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14115 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14116 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14117 LookupOrdinaryName); 14118 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, 14119 AliasName->getName(), 0); 14120 14121 if (PrevDecl) 14122 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14123 else 14124 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14125 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 14126 } 14127 14128 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14129 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14130 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14131 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14132 14133 if (PrevDecl) { 14134 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14135 } else { 14136 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14137 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 14138 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 14139 } 14140 } 14141 14142 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14143 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14144 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14145 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14146 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14147 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 14148 LookupOrdinaryName); 14149 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 14150 14151 if (PrevDecl) { 14152 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 14153 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14154 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 14155 } else { 14156 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14157 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 14158 } 14159 } 14160 14161 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 14162 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 14163 } 14164 14165 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 14166 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 14167 if (!D) 14168 return AR_Available; 14169 14170 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14171 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14172 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14173 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14174 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14175 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14176 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14177 if (R != AR_Available) 14178 return R; 14179 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14180 } 14181 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14182 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14183 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14184 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14185 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14186 } 14187 // Recover from user error. 14188 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14189 } 14190